blob: 93dd6dbb0f88f9080046f100c8c5d591d0583d17 [file] [log] [blame]
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001//===---- TargetInfo.cpp - Encapsulate target details -----------*- C++ -*-===//
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// These classes wrap the information about a call or function
11// definition used to handle ABI compliancy.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +000015#include "TargetInfo.h"
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000016#include "ABIInfo.h"
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000017#include "CGCXXABI.h"
Reid Kleckner9b3e3df2014-09-04 20:04:38 +000018#include "CGValue.h"
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000019#include "CodeGenFunction.h"
Anders Carlsson15b73de2009-07-18 19:43:29 +000020#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
Mark Laceya8e7df32013-10-30 21:53:58 +000021#include "clang/CodeGen/CGFunctionInfo.h"
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +000022#include "clang/Frontend/CodeGenOptions.h"
Matt Arsenault43fae6c2014-12-04 20:38:18 +000023#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +000024#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
Chandler Carruthffd55512013-01-02 11:45:17 +000025#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
26#include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +000027#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +000028#include <algorithm> // std::sort
29
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000030using namespace clang;
31using namespace CodeGen;
32
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +000033static void AssignToArrayRange(CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder,
34 llvm::Value *Array,
35 llvm::Value *Value,
36 unsigned FirstIndex,
37 unsigned LastIndex) {
38 // Alternatively, we could emit this as a loop in the source.
39 for (unsigned I = FirstIndex; I <= LastIndex; ++I) {
40 llvm::Value *Cell = Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Array, I);
41 Builder.CreateStore(Value, Cell);
42 }
43}
44
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +000045static bool isAggregateTypeForABI(QualType T) {
John McCall47fb9502013-03-07 21:37:08 +000046 return !CodeGenFunction::hasScalarEvaluationKind(T) ||
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +000047 T->isMemberFunctionPointerType();
48}
49
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000050ABIInfo::~ABIInfo() {}
51
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000052static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(const RecordType *RT,
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000053 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) {
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000054 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
55 if (!RD)
56 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default;
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000057 return CXXABI.getRecordArgABI(RD);
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000058}
59
60static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(QualType T,
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000061 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) {
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000062 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
63 if (!RT)
64 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default;
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000065 return getRecordArgABI(RT, CXXABI);
66}
67
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +000068/// Pass transparent unions as if they were the type of the first element. Sema
69/// should ensure that all elements of the union have the same "machine type".
70static QualType useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(QualType Ty) {
71 if (const RecordType *UT = Ty->getAsUnionType()) {
72 const RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
73 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) {
74 assert(!UD->field_empty() && "sema created an empty transparent union");
75 return UD->field_begin()->getType();
76 }
77 }
78 return Ty;
79}
80
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000081CGCXXABI &ABIInfo::getCXXABI() const {
82 return CGT.getCXXABI();
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000083}
84
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +000085ASTContext &ABIInfo::getContext() const {
86 return CGT.getContext();
87}
88
89llvm::LLVMContext &ABIInfo::getVMContext() const {
90 return CGT.getLLVMContext();
91}
92
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +000093const llvm::DataLayout &ABIInfo::getDataLayout() const {
94 return CGT.getDataLayout();
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +000095}
96
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +000097const TargetInfo &ABIInfo::getTarget() const {
98 return CGT.getTarget();
99}
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000100
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +0000101bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
102 return false;
103}
104
105bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base,
106 uint64_t Members) const {
107 return false;
108}
109
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000110void ABIArgInfo::dump() const {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000111 raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs();
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000112 OS << "(ABIArgInfo Kind=";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000113 switch (TheKind) {
114 case Direct:
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000115 OS << "Direct Type=";
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +0000116 if (llvm::Type *Ty = getCoerceToType())
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000117 Ty->print(OS);
118 else
119 OS << "null";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000120 break;
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +0000121 case Extend:
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000122 OS << "Extend";
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +0000123 break;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000124 case Ignore:
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000125 OS << "Ignore";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000126 break;
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000127 case InAlloca:
128 OS << "InAlloca Offset=" << getInAllocaFieldIndex();
129 break;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000130 case Indirect:
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000131 OS << "Indirect Align=" << getIndirectAlign()
Joerg Sonnenberger4921fe22011-07-15 18:23:44 +0000132 << " ByVal=" << getIndirectByVal()
Daniel Dunbar7b7c2932010-09-16 20:42:02 +0000133 << " Realign=" << getIndirectRealign();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000134 break;
135 case Expand:
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000136 OS << "Expand";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000137 break;
138 }
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000139 OS << ")\n";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000140}
141
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000142TargetCodeGenInfo::~TargetCodeGenInfo() { delete Info; }
143
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +0000144// If someone can figure out a general rule for this, that would be great.
145// It's probably just doomed to be platform-dependent, though.
146unsigned TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException() const {
147 // Verified for:
148 // x86-64 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin
149 // x86-32 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin
150 // PowerPC Linux, Darwin
151 // ARM Darwin (*not* EABI)
Tim Northover9bb857a2013-01-31 12:13:10 +0000152 // AArch64 Linux
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +0000153 return 32;
154}
155
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +0000156bool TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args,
157 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const {
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +0000158 // The following conventions are known to require this to be false:
159 // x86_stdcall
160 // MIPS
161 // For everything else, we just prefer false unless we opt out.
162 return false;
163}
164
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +0000165void
166TargetCodeGenInfo::getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
167 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const {
168 // This assumes the user is passing a library name like "rt" instead of a
169 // filename like "librt.a/so", and that they don't care whether it's static or
170 // dynamic.
171 Opt = "-l";
172 Opt += Lib;
173}
174
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000175static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000176
Sylvestre Ledru33b5baf2012-09-27 10:16:10 +0000177/// isEmptyField - Return true iff a the field is "empty", that is it
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000178/// is an unnamed bit-field or an (array of) empty record(s).
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000179static bool isEmptyField(ASTContext &Context, const FieldDecl *FD,
180 bool AllowArrays) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000181 if (FD->isUnnamedBitfield())
182 return true;
183
184 QualType FT = FD->getType();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000185
Eli Friedman0b3f2012011-11-18 03:47:20 +0000186 // Constant arrays of empty records count as empty, strip them off.
187 // Constant arrays of zero length always count as empty.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000188 if (AllowArrays)
Eli Friedman0b3f2012011-11-18 03:47:20 +0000189 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
190 if (AT->getSize() == 0)
191 return true;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000192 FT = AT->getElementType();
Eli Friedman0b3f2012011-11-18 03:47:20 +0000193 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000194
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000195 const RecordType *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>();
196 if (!RT)
197 return false;
198
199 // C++ record fields are never empty, at least in the Itanium ABI.
200 //
201 // FIXME: We should use a predicate for whether this behavior is true in the
202 // current ABI.
203 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()))
204 return false;
205
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000206 return isEmptyRecord(Context, FT, AllowArrays);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000207}
208
Sylvestre Ledru33b5baf2012-09-27 10:16:10 +0000209/// isEmptyRecord - Return true iff a structure contains only empty
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000210/// fields. Note that a structure with a flexible array member is not
211/// considered empty.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000212static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000213 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000214 if (!RT)
215 return 0;
216 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
217 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
218 return false;
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000219
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd42411f2011-05-17 02:17:52 +0000220 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000221 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000222 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases())
223 if (!isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true))
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd42411f2011-05-17 02:17:52 +0000224 return false;
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000225
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000226 for (const auto *I : RD->fields())
227 if (!isEmptyField(Context, I, AllowArrays))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000228 return false;
229 return true;
230}
231
232/// isSingleElementStruct - Determine if a structure is a "single
233/// element struct", i.e. it has exactly one non-empty field or
234/// exactly one field which is itself a single element
235/// struct. Structures with flexible array members are never
236/// considered single element structs.
237///
238/// \return The field declaration for the single non-empty field, if
239/// it exists.
240static const Type *isSingleElementStruct(QualType T, ASTContext &Context) {
241 const RecordType *RT = T->getAsStructureType();
242 if (!RT)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000243 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000244
245 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
246 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000247 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000248
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000249 const Type *Found = nullptr;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000250
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000251 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
252 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000253 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000254 // Ignore empty records.
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000255 if (isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true))
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000256 continue;
257
258 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element struct.
259 if (Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000260 return nullptr;
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000261
262 // If this is non-empty and not a single element struct, the composite
263 // cannot be a single element struct.
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000264 Found = isSingleElementStruct(I.getType(), Context);
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000265 if (!Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000266 return nullptr;
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000267 }
268 }
269
270 // Check for single element.
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000271 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000272 QualType FT = FD->getType();
273
274 // Ignore empty fields.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000275 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000276 continue;
277
278 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element
279 // struct.
280 if (Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000281 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000282
283 // Treat single element arrays as the element.
284 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
285 if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() != 1)
286 break;
287 FT = AT->getElementType();
288 }
289
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +0000290 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(FT)) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000291 Found = FT.getTypePtr();
292 } else {
293 Found = isSingleElementStruct(FT, Context);
294 if (!Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000295 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000296 }
297 }
298
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000299 // We don't consider a struct a single-element struct if it has
300 // padding beyond the element type.
301 if (Found && Context.getTypeSize(Found) != Context.getTypeSize(T))
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000302 return nullptr;
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000303
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000304 return Found;
305}
306
307static bool is32Or64BitBasicType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) {
Eli Friedmana92db672012-11-29 23:21:04 +0000308 // Treat complex types as the element type.
309 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
310 Ty = CTy->getElementType();
311
312 // Check for a type which we know has a simple scalar argument-passing
313 // convention without any padding. (We're specifically looking for 32
314 // and 64-bit integer and integer-equivalents, float, and double.)
Daniel Dunbar6b45b672010-05-14 03:40:53 +0000315 if (!Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() && !Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() &&
Eli Friedmana92db672012-11-29 23:21:04 +0000316 !Ty->isEnumeralType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000317 return false;
318
319 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
320 return Size == 32 || Size == 64;
321}
322
Daniel Dunbar11c08c82009-11-09 01:33:53 +0000323/// canExpandIndirectArgument - Test whether an argument type which is to be
324/// passed indirectly (on the stack) would have the equivalent layout if it was
325/// expanded into separate arguments. If so, we prefer to do the latter to avoid
326/// inhibiting optimizations.
327///
328// FIXME: This predicate is missing many cases, currently it just follows
329// llvm-gcc (checks that all fields are 32-bit or 64-bit primitive types). We
330// should probably make this smarter, or better yet make the LLVM backend
331// capable of handling it.
332static bool canExpandIndirectArgument(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) {
333 // We can only expand structure types.
334 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
335 if (!RT)
336 return false;
337
338 // We can only expand (C) structures.
339 //
340 // FIXME: This needs to be generalized to handle classes as well.
341 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
342 if (!RD->isStruct() || isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
343 return false;
344
Eli Friedmane5c85622011-11-18 01:32:26 +0000345 uint64_t Size = 0;
346
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000347 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000348 if (!is32Or64BitBasicType(FD->getType(), Context))
349 return false;
350
351 // FIXME: Reject bit-fields wholesale; there are two problems, we don't know
352 // how to expand them yet, and the predicate for telling if a bitfield still
353 // counts as "basic" is more complicated than what we were doing previously.
354 if (FD->isBitField())
355 return false;
Eli Friedmane5c85622011-11-18 01:32:26 +0000356
357 Size += Context.getTypeSize(FD->getType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000358 }
359
Eli Friedmane5c85622011-11-18 01:32:26 +0000360 // Make sure there are not any holes in the struct.
361 if (Size != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
362 return false;
363
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000364 return true;
365}
366
367namespace {
368/// DefaultABIInfo - The default implementation for ABI specific
369/// details. This implementation provides information which results in
370/// self-consistent and sensible LLVM IR generation, but does not
371/// conform to any particular ABI.
372class DefaultABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000373public:
374 DefaultABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000375
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000376 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
377 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000378
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000379 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000380 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
381 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +0000382 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
383 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000384 }
385
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000386 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
387 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000388};
389
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000390class DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
391public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000392 DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
393 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000394};
395
396llvm::Value *DefaultABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
397 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000398 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000399}
400
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000401ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000402 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty))
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000403 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000404
Chris Lattner9723d6c2010-03-11 18:19:55 +0000405 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
406 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
407 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +0000408
Chris Lattner9723d6c2010-03-11 18:19:55 +0000409 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
410 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000411}
412
Bob Wilsonbd4520b2011-01-10 23:54:17 +0000413ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
414 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
415 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
416
417 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy))
418 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
419
420 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
421 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
422 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
423
424 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
425 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
426}
427
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000428//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
429// le32/PNaCl bitcode ABI Implementation
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000430//
431// This is a simplified version of the x86_32 ABI. Arguments and return values
432// are always passed on the stack.
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000433//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
434
435class PNaClABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
436 public:
437 PNaClABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
438
439 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000440 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000441
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000442 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
443 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
444 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000445};
446
447class PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
448 public:
449 PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
450 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PNaClABIInfo(CGT)) {}
451};
452
453void PNaClABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000454 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000455 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
456
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000457 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
458 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
459}
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000460
461llvm::Value *PNaClABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
462 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000463 return nullptr;
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000464}
465
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000466/// \brief Classify argument of given type \p Ty.
467ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000468 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +0000469 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000470 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000471 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000472 } else if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
473 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000474 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000475 } else if (Ty->isFloatingType()) {
476 // Floating-point types don't go inreg.
477 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000478 }
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000479
480 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
481 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000482}
483
484ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
485 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
486 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
487
Eli Benderskye20dad62013-04-04 22:49:35 +0000488 // In the PNaCl ABI we always return records/structures on the stack.
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000489 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy))
490 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
491
492 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
493 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
494 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
495
496 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
497 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
498}
499
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +0000500/// IsX86_MMXType - Return true if this is an MMX type.
501bool IsX86_MMXType(llvm::Type *IRType) {
502 // Return true if the type is an MMX type <2 x i32>, <4 x i16>, or <8 x i8>.
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +0000503 return IRType->isVectorTy() && IRType->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() == 64 &&
504 cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() &&
505 IRType->getScalarSizeInBits() != 64;
506}
507
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000508static llvm::Type* X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000509 StringRef Constraint,
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000510 llvm::Type* Ty) {
Tim Northover0ae93912013-06-07 00:04:50 +0000511 if ((Constraint == "y" || Constraint == "&y") && Ty->isVectorTy()) {
512 if (cast<llvm::VectorType>(Ty)->getBitWidth() != 64) {
513 // Invalid MMX constraint
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000514 return nullptr;
Tim Northover0ae93912013-06-07 00:04:50 +0000515 }
516
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000517 return llvm::Type::getX86_MMXTy(CGF.getLLVMContext());
Tim Northover0ae93912013-06-07 00:04:50 +0000518 }
519
520 // No operation needed
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000521 return Ty;
522}
523
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +0000524/// Returns true if this type can be passed in SSE registers with the
525/// X86_VectorCall calling convention. Shared between x86_32 and x86_64.
526static bool isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
527 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
528 if (BT->isFloatingPoint() && BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Half)
529 return true;
530 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
531 // vectorcall can pass XMM, YMM, and ZMM vectors. We don't pass SSE1 MMX
532 // registers specially.
533 unsigned VecSize = Context.getTypeSize(VT);
534 if (VecSize == 128 || VecSize == 256 || VecSize == 512)
535 return true;
536 }
537 return false;
538}
539
540/// Returns true if this aggregate is small enough to be passed in SSE registers
541/// in the X86_VectorCall calling convention. Shared between x86_32 and x86_64.
542static bool isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(uint64_t NumMembers) {
543 return NumMembers <= 4;
544}
545
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +0000546//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
547// X86-32 ABI Implementation
548//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000549
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000550/// \brief Similar to llvm::CCState, but for Clang.
551struct CCState {
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +0000552 CCState(unsigned CC) : CC(CC), FreeRegs(0), FreeSSERegs(0) {}
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000553
554 unsigned CC;
555 unsigned FreeRegs;
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +0000556 unsigned FreeSSERegs;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000557};
558
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000559/// X86_32ABIInfo - The X86-32 ABI information.
560class X86_32ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000561 enum Class {
562 Integer,
563 Float
564 };
565
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000566 static const unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes = 4;
567
David Chisnallde3a0692009-08-17 23:08:21 +0000568 bool IsDarwinVectorABI;
569 bool IsSmallStructInRegABI;
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000570 bool IsWin32StructABI;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000571 unsigned DefaultNumRegisterParameters;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000572
573 static bool isRegisterSize(unsigned Size) {
574 return (Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32 || Size == 64);
575 }
576
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +0000577 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override {
578 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
579 return isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(getContext(), Ty);
580 }
581
582 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
583 uint64_t NumMembers) const override {
584 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
585 return isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(NumMembers);
586 }
587
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000588 bool shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000589
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000590 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
591 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory.
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000592 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal, CCState &State) const;
593
594 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const;
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000595
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000596 /// \brief Return the alignment to use for the given type on the stack.
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000597 unsigned getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty, unsigned Align) const;
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000598
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000599 Class classify(QualType Ty) const;
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000600 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000601 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const;
602 bool shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State, bool &NeedsPadding) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000603
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000604 /// \brief Rewrite the function info so that all memory arguments use
605 /// inalloca.
606 void rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const;
607
608 void addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields,
609 unsigned &StackOffset, ABIArgInfo &Info,
610 QualType Type) const;
611
Rafael Espindola75419dc2012-07-23 23:30:29 +0000612public:
613
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000614 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
615 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
616 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000617
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +0000618 X86_32ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool d, bool p, bool w,
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000619 unsigned r)
Eli Friedman33465822011-07-08 23:31:17 +0000620 : ABIInfo(CGT), IsDarwinVectorABI(d), IsSmallStructInRegABI(p),
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000621 IsWin32StructABI(w), DefaultNumRegisterParameters(r) {}
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000622};
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000623
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000624class X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
625public:
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +0000626 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT,
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +0000627 bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned r)
628 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_32ABIInfo(CGT, d, p, w, r)) {}
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +0000629
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +0000630 static bool isStructReturnInRegABI(
631 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts);
632
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +0000633 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000634 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000635
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000636 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000637 // Darwin uses different dwarf register numbers for EH.
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +0000638 if (CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) return 5;
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000639 return 4;
640 }
641
642 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000643 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000644
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000645 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000646 StringRef Constraint,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000647 llvm::Type* Ty) const override {
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000648 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty);
649 }
650
Reid Kleckner9b3e3df2014-09-04 20:04:38 +0000651 void addReturnRegisterOutputs(CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnValue,
652 std::string &Constraints,
653 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes,
654 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes,
655 std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests,
656 std::string &AsmString,
657 unsigned NumOutputs) const override;
658
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000659 llvm::Constant *
660 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Peter Collingbourneb453cd62013-10-20 21:29:19 +0000661 unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8
662 (0x06 << 8) | // .+0x08
663 ('F' << 16) |
664 ('T' << 24);
665 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig);
666 }
667
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000668};
669
670}
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000671
Reid Kleckner9b3e3df2014-09-04 20:04:38 +0000672/// Rewrite input constraint references after adding some output constraints.
673/// In the case where there is one output and one input and we add one output,
674/// we need to replace all operand references greater than or equal to 1:
675/// mov $0, $1
676/// mov eax, $1
677/// The result will be:
678/// mov $0, $2
679/// mov eax, $2
680static void rewriteInputConstraintReferences(unsigned FirstIn,
681 unsigned NumNewOuts,
682 std::string &AsmString) {
683 std::string Buf;
684 llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Buf);
685 size_t Pos = 0;
686 while (Pos < AsmString.size()) {
687 size_t DollarStart = AsmString.find('$', Pos);
688 if (DollarStart == std::string::npos)
689 DollarStart = AsmString.size();
690 size_t DollarEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of('$', DollarStart);
691 if (DollarEnd == std::string::npos)
692 DollarEnd = AsmString.size();
693 OS << StringRef(&AsmString[Pos], DollarEnd - Pos);
694 Pos = DollarEnd;
695 size_t NumDollars = DollarEnd - DollarStart;
696 if (NumDollars % 2 != 0 && Pos < AsmString.size()) {
697 // We have an operand reference.
698 size_t DigitStart = Pos;
699 size_t DigitEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of("0123456789", DigitStart);
700 if (DigitEnd == std::string::npos)
701 DigitEnd = AsmString.size();
702 StringRef OperandStr(&AsmString[DigitStart], DigitEnd - DigitStart);
703 unsigned OperandIndex;
704 if (!OperandStr.getAsInteger(10, OperandIndex)) {
705 if (OperandIndex >= FirstIn)
706 OperandIndex += NumNewOuts;
707 OS << OperandIndex;
708 } else {
709 OS << OperandStr;
710 }
711 Pos = DigitEnd;
712 }
713 }
714 AsmString = std::move(OS.str());
715}
716
717/// Add output constraints for EAX:EDX because they are return registers.
718void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::addReturnRegisterOutputs(
719 CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnSlot, std::string &Constraints,
720 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes,
721 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes,
722 std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests, std::string &AsmString,
723 unsigned NumOutputs) const {
724 uint64_t RetWidth = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(ReturnSlot.getType());
725
726 // Use the EAX constraint if the width is 32 or smaller and EAX:EDX if it is
727 // larger.
728 if (!Constraints.empty())
729 Constraints += ',';
730 if (RetWidth <= 32) {
731 Constraints += "={eax}";
732 ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int32Ty);
733 } else {
734 // Use the 'A' constraint for EAX:EDX.
735 Constraints += "=A";
736 ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int64Ty);
737 }
738
739 // Truncate EAX or EAX:EDX to an integer of the appropriate size.
740 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(CGF.getLLVMContext(), RetWidth);
741 ResultTruncRegTypes.push_back(CoerceTy);
742
743 // Coerce the integer by bitcasting the return slot pointer.
744 ReturnSlot.setAddress(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(ReturnSlot.getAddress(),
745 CoerceTy->getPointerTo()));
746 ResultRegDests.push_back(ReturnSlot);
747
748 rewriteInputConstraintReferences(NumOutputs, 1, AsmString);
749}
750
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000751/// shouldReturnTypeInRegister - Determine if the given type should be
752/// passed in a register (for the Darwin ABI).
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000753bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty,
754 ASTContext &Context) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000755 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
756
757 // Type must be register sized.
758 if (!isRegisterSize(Size))
759 return false;
760
761 if (Ty->isVectorType()) {
762 // 64- and 128- bit vectors inside structures are not returned in
763 // registers.
764 if (Size == 64 || Size == 128)
765 return false;
766
767 return true;
768 }
769
Daniel Dunbar4bd95c62010-05-15 00:00:30 +0000770 // If this is a builtin, pointer, enum, complex type, member pointer, or
771 // member function pointer it is ok.
Daniel Dunbar6b45b672010-05-14 03:40:53 +0000772 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() ||
Daniel Dunbarb3b1e532009-09-24 05:12:36 +0000773 Ty->isAnyComplexType() || Ty->isEnumeralType() ||
Daniel Dunbar4bd95c62010-05-15 00:00:30 +0000774 Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000775 return true;
776
777 // Arrays are treated like records.
778 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty))
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000779 return shouldReturnTypeInRegister(AT->getElementType(), Context);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000780
781 // Otherwise, it must be a record type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000782 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000783 if (!RT) return false;
784
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +0000785 // FIXME: Traverse bases here too.
786
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000787 // Structure types are passed in register if all fields would be
788 // passed in a register.
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000789 for (const auto *FD : RT->getDecl()->fields()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000790 // Empty fields are ignored.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000791 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000792 continue;
793
794 // Check fields recursively.
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000795 if (!shouldReturnTypeInRegister(FD->getType(), Context))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000796 return false;
797 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000798 return true;
799}
800
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000801ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const {
802 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one
803 // integer register.
804 if (State.FreeRegs) {
805 --State.FreeRegs;
806 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false);
807 }
808 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false);
809}
810
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000811ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000812 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000813 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000814
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +0000815 const Type *Base = nullptr;
816 uint64_t NumElts = 0;
817 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall &&
818 isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, NumElts)) {
819 // The LLVM struct type for such an aggregate should lower properly.
820 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
821 }
822
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000823 if (const VectorType *VT = RetTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000824 // On Darwin, some vectors are returned in registers.
David Chisnallde3a0692009-08-17 23:08:21 +0000825 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000826 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000827
828 // 128-bit vectors are a special case; they are returned in
829 // registers and we need to make sure to pick a type the LLVM
830 // backend will like.
831 if (Size == 128)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000832 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::VectorType::get(
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000833 llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()), 2));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000834
835 // Always return in register if it fits in a general purpose
836 // register, or if it is 64 bits and has a single element.
837 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) ||
838 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1))
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000839 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000840 Size));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000841
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000842 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000843 }
844
845 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000846 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000847
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +0000848 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +0000849 if (const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Anders Carlsson5789c492009-10-20 22:07:59 +0000850 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000851 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000852 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anders Carlsson5789c492009-10-20 22:07:59 +0000853 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000854
David Chisnallde3a0692009-08-17 23:08:21 +0000855 // If specified, structs and unions are always indirect.
856 if (!IsSmallStructInRegABI && !RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000857 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000858
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000859 // Small structures which are register sized are generally returned
860 // in a register.
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000861 if (shouldReturnTypeInRegister(RetTy, getContext())) {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000862 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000863
864 // As a special-case, if the struct is a "single-element" struct, and
865 // the field is of type "float" or "double", return it in a
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +0000866 // floating-point register. (MSVC does not apply this special case.)
867 // We apply a similar transformation for pointer types to improve the
868 // quality of the generated IR.
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000869 if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(RetTy, getContext()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000870 if ((!IsWin32StructABI && SeltTy->isRealFloatingType())
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +0000871 || SeltTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000872 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0)));
873
874 // FIXME: We should be able to narrow this integer in cases with dead
875 // padding.
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000876 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),Size));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000877 }
878
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000879 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000880 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000881
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000882 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
883 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
884 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
885
886 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
887 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000888}
889
Eli Friedman7919bea2012-06-05 19:40:46 +0000890static bool isSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
891 return Ty->getAs<VectorType>() && Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == 128;
892}
893
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000894static bool isRecordWithSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
895 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
896 if (!RT)
897 return 0;
898 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
899
900 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
901 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000902 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases())
903 if (!isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, I.getType()))
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000904 return false;
905
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000906 for (const auto *i : RD->fields()) {
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000907 QualType FT = i->getType();
908
Eli Friedman7919bea2012-06-05 19:40:46 +0000909 if (isSSEVectorType(Context, FT))
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000910 return true;
911
912 if (isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, FT))
913 return true;
914 }
915
916 return false;
917}
918
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000919unsigned X86_32ABIInfo::getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty,
920 unsigned Align) const {
921 // Otherwise, if the alignment is less than or equal to the minimum ABI
922 // alignment, just use the default; the backend will handle this.
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000923 if (Align <= MinABIStackAlignInBytes)
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000924 return 0; // Use default alignment.
925
926 // On non-Darwin, the stack type alignment is always 4.
927 if (!IsDarwinVectorABI) {
928 // Set explicit alignment, since we may need to realign the top.
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000929 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000930 }
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000931
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000932 // Otherwise, if the type contains an SSE vector type, the alignment is 16.
Eli Friedman7919bea2012-06-05 19:40:46 +0000933 if (Align >= 16 && (isSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty) ||
934 isRecordWithSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty)))
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000935 return 16;
936
937 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000938}
939
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000940ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal,
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000941 CCState &State) const {
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000942 if (!ByVal) {
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000943 if (State.FreeRegs) {
944 --State.FreeRegs; // Non-byval indirects just use one pointer.
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000945 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(0, false);
946 }
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +0000947 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, false);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000948 }
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +0000949
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000950 // Compute the byval alignment.
951 unsigned TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
952 unsigned StackAlign = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, TypeAlign);
953 if (StackAlign == 0)
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000954 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(4, /*ByVal=*/true);
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000955
956 // If the stack alignment is less than the type alignment, realign the
957 // argument.
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000958 bool Realign = TypeAlign > StackAlign;
959 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(StackAlign, /*ByVal=*/true, Realign);
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000960}
961
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000962X86_32ABIInfo::Class X86_32ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty) const {
963 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext());
964 if (!T)
965 T = Ty.getTypePtr();
966
967 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
968 BuiltinType::Kind K = BT->getKind();
969 if (K == BuiltinType::Float || K == BuiltinType::Double)
970 return Float;
971 }
972 return Integer;
973}
974
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000975bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State,
976 bool &NeedsPadding) const {
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +0000977 NeedsPadding = false;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000978 Class C = classify(Ty);
979 if (C == Float)
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000980 return false;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000981
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +0000982 unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
983 unsigned SizeInRegs = (Size + 31) / 32;
Rafael Espindolae2a9e902012-10-23 02:04:01 +0000984
985 if (SizeInRegs == 0)
986 return false;
987
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000988 if (SizeInRegs > State.FreeRegs) {
989 State.FreeRegs = 0;
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000990 return false;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000991 }
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000992
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000993 State.FreeRegs -= SizeInRegs;
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +0000994
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +0000995 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall ||
996 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall) {
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +0000997 if (Size > 32)
998 return false;
999
1000 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
1001 return true;
1002
1003 if (Ty->isPointerType())
1004 return true;
1005
1006 if (Ty->isReferenceType())
1007 return true;
1008
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001009 if (State.FreeRegs)
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +00001010 NeedsPadding = true;
1011
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +00001012 return false;
1013 }
1014
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001015 return true;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00001016}
1017
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001018ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
1019 CCState &State) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001020 // FIXME: Set alignment on indirect arguments.
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001021
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +00001022 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
1023
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001024 // Check with the C++ ABI first.
1025 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
1026 if (RT) {
1027 CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI());
1028 if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect) {
1029 return getIndirectResult(Ty, false, State);
1030 } else if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory) {
1031 // The field index doesn't matter, we'll fix it up later.
1032 return ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(/*FieldIndex=*/0);
1033 }
1034 }
1035
1036 // vectorcall adds the concept of a homogenous vector aggregate, similar
1037 // to other targets.
1038 const Type *Base = nullptr;
1039 uint64_t NumElts = 0;
1040 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall &&
1041 isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumElts)) {
1042 if (State.FreeSSERegs >= NumElts) {
1043 State.FreeSSERegs -= NumElts;
1044 if (Ty->isBuiltinType() || Ty->isVectorType())
1045 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
1046 return ABIArgInfo::getExpand();
1047 }
1048 return getIndirectResult(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false, State);
1049 }
1050
1051 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
1052 if (RT) {
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001053 // Structs are always byval on win32, regardless of what they contain.
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00001054 if (IsWin32StructABI)
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001055 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +00001056
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00001057 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001058 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001059 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +00001060 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001061
Eli Friedman9f061a32011-11-18 00:28:11 +00001062 // Ignore empty structs/unions.
Eli Friedmanf22fa9e2011-11-18 04:01:36 +00001063 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001064 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
1065
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +00001066 llvm::LLVMContext &LLVMContext = getVMContext();
1067 llvm::IntegerType *Int32 = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(LLVMContext);
1068 bool NeedsPadding;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001069 if (shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding)) {
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001070 unsigned SizeInRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32;
Craig Topperac9201a2013-07-08 04:47:18 +00001071 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 3> Elements(SizeInRegs, Int32);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001072 llvm::Type *Result = llvm::StructType::get(LLVMContext, Elements);
1073 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(Result);
1074 }
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00001075 llvm::IntegerType *PaddingType = NeedsPadding ? Int32 : nullptr;
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001076
Daniel Dunbar11c08c82009-11-09 01:33:53 +00001077 // Expand small (<= 128-bit) record types when we know that the stack layout
1078 // of those arguments will match the struct. This is important because the
1079 // LLVM backend isn't smart enough to remove byval, which inhibits many
1080 // optimizations.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001081 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 4*32 &&
1082 canExpandIndirectArgument(Ty, getContext()))
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001083 return ABIArgInfo::getExpandWithPadding(
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001084 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall ||
1085 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall,
1086 PaddingType);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001087
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001088 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001089 }
1090
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +00001091 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattnerd7e54802010-08-26 20:08:43 +00001092 // On Darwin, some vectors are passed in memory, we handle this by passing
1093 // it as an i8/i16/i32/i64.
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +00001094 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) {
1095 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +00001096 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) ||
1097 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1))
1098 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
1099 Size));
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +00001100 }
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00001101
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +00001102 if (IsX86_MMXType(CGT.ConvertType(Ty)))
1103 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64));
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00001104
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +00001105 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
1106 }
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00001107
1108
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001109 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
1110 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00001111
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +00001112 bool NeedsPadding;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001113 bool InReg = shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001114
1115 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
1116 if (InReg)
1117 return ABIArgInfo::getExtendInReg();
1118 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
1119 }
1120 if (InReg)
1121 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg();
1122 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001123}
1124
Rafael Espindolaa6472962012-07-24 00:01:07 +00001125void X86_32ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001126 CCState State(FI.getCallingConvention());
1127 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall)
1128 State.FreeRegs = 2;
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001129 else if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall) {
1130 State.FreeRegs = 2;
1131 State.FreeSSERegs = 6;
1132 } else if (FI.getHasRegParm())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001133 State.FreeRegs = FI.getRegParm();
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +00001134 else
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001135 State.FreeRegs = DefaultNumRegisterParameters;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00001136
Reid Kleckner677539d2014-07-10 01:58:55 +00001137 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00001138 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), State);
Reid Kleckner677539d2014-07-10 01:58:55 +00001139 } else if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) {
1140 // The C++ ABI is not aware of register usage, so we have to check if the
1141 // return value was sret and put it in a register ourselves if appropriate.
1142 if (State.FreeRegs) {
1143 --State.FreeRegs; // The sret parameter consumes a register.
1144 FI.getReturnInfo().setInReg(true);
1145 }
1146 }
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00001147
Peter Collingbournef7706832014-12-12 23:41:25 +00001148 // The chain argument effectively gives us another free register.
1149 if (FI.isChainCall())
1150 ++State.FreeRegs;
1151
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001152 bool UsedInAlloca = false;
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00001153 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
1154 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, State);
1155 UsedInAlloca |= (I.info.getKind() == ABIArgInfo::InAlloca);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001156 }
1157
1158 // If we needed to use inalloca for any argument, do a second pass and rewrite
1159 // all the memory arguments to use inalloca.
1160 if (UsedInAlloca)
1161 rewriteWithInAlloca(FI);
1162}
1163
1164void
1165X86_32ABIInfo::addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields,
1166 unsigned &StackOffset,
1167 ABIArgInfo &Info, QualType Type) const {
Reid Klecknerd378a712014-04-10 19:09:43 +00001168 assert(StackOffset % 4U == 0 && "unaligned inalloca struct");
1169 Info = ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(FrameFields.size());
1170 FrameFields.push_back(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Type));
1171 StackOffset += getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Type).getQuantity();
1172
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001173 // Insert padding bytes to respect alignment. For x86_32, each argument is 4
1174 // byte aligned.
Reid Klecknerd378a712014-04-10 19:09:43 +00001175 if (StackOffset % 4U) {
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001176 unsigned OldOffset = StackOffset;
Reid Klecknerd378a712014-04-10 19:09:43 +00001177 StackOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackOffset, 4U);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001178 unsigned NumBytes = StackOffset - OldOffset;
1179 assert(NumBytes);
1180 llvm::Type *Ty = llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext());
1181 Ty = llvm::ArrayType::get(Ty, NumBytes);
1182 FrameFields.push_back(Ty);
1183 }
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001184}
1185
Reid Kleckner852361d2014-07-26 00:12:26 +00001186static bool isArgInAlloca(const ABIArgInfo &Info) {
1187 // Leave ignored and inreg arguments alone.
1188 switch (Info.getKind()) {
1189 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
1190 return true;
1191 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
1192 assert(Info.getIndirectByVal());
1193 return true;
1194 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
1195 return false;
1196 case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
1197 case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
1198 case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
1199 if (Info.getInReg())
1200 return false;
1201 return true;
1202 }
1203 llvm_unreachable("invalid enum");
1204}
1205
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001206void X86_32ABIInfo::rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
1207 assert(IsWin32StructABI && "inalloca only supported on win32");
1208
1209 // Build a packed struct type for all of the arguments in memory.
1210 SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> FrameFields;
1211
1212 unsigned StackOffset = 0;
Reid Kleckner852361d2014-07-26 00:12:26 +00001213 CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator I = FI.arg_begin(), E = FI.arg_end();
1214
1215 // Put 'this' into the struct before 'sret', if necessary.
1216 bool IsThisCall =
1217 FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_ThisCall;
1218 ABIArgInfo &Ret = FI.getReturnInfo();
1219 if (Ret.isIndirect() && Ret.isSRetAfterThis() && !IsThisCall &&
1220 isArgInAlloca(I->info)) {
1221 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type);
1222 ++I;
1223 }
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001224
1225 // Put the sret parameter into the inalloca struct if it's in memory.
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001226 if (Ret.isIndirect() && !Ret.getInReg()) {
1227 CanQualType PtrTy = getContext().getPointerType(FI.getReturnType());
1228 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, Ret, PtrTy);
Reid Klecknerfab1e892014-02-25 00:59:14 +00001229 // On Windows, the hidden sret parameter is always returned in eax.
1230 Ret.setInAllocaSRet(IsWin32StructABI);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001231 }
1232
1233 // Skip the 'this' parameter in ecx.
Reid Kleckner852361d2014-07-26 00:12:26 +00001234 if (IsThisCall)
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001235 ++I;
1236
1237 // Put arguments passed in memory into the struct.
1238 for (; I != E; ++I) {
Reid Kleckner852361d2014-07-26 00:12:26 +00001239 if (isArgInAlloca(I->info))
1240 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001241 }
1242
1243 FI.setArgStruct(llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), FrameFields,
1244 /*isPacked=*/true));
Rafael Espindolaa6472962012-07-24 00:01:07 +00001245}
1246
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001247llvm::Value *X86_32ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1248 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001249 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001250
1251 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
1252 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
1253 "ap");
1254 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
Eli Friedman1d7dd3b2011-11-18 02:12:09 +00001255
1256 // Compute if the address needs to be aligned
1257 unsigned Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty).getQuantity();
1258 Align = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, Align);
1259 Align = std::max(Align, 4U);
1260 if (Align > 4) {
1261 // addr = (addr + align - 1) & -align;
1262 llvm::Value *Offset =
1263 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1);
1264 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset);
1265 llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr,
1266 CGF.Int32Ty);
1267 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align);
1268 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask),
1269 Addr->getType(),
1270 "ap.cur.aligned");
1271 }
1272
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001273 llvm::Type *PTy =
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00001274 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001275 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
1276
1277 uint64_t Offset =
Eli Friedman1d7dd3b2011-11-18 02:12:09 +00001278 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, Align);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001279 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00001280 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001281 "ap.next");
1282 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
1283
1284 return AddrTyped;
1285}
1286
Richard Sandiforddcb8d9c2014-07-08 11:10:34 +00001287bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(
1288 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts) {
1289 assert(Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86);
1290
1291 switch (Opts.getStructReturnConvention()) {
1292 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_Default:
1293 break;
1294 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_OnStack: // -fpcc-struct-return
1295 return false;
1296 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_InRegs: // -freg-struct-return
1297 return true;
1298 }
1299
1300 if (Triple.isOSDarwin())
1301 return true;
1302
1303 switch (Triple.getOS()) {
Richard Sandiforddcb8d9c2014-07-08 11:10:34 +00001304 case llvm::Triple::DragonFly:
1305 case llvm::Triple::FreeBSD:
1306 case llvm::Triple::OpenBSD:
1307 case llvm::Triple::Bitrig:
Richard Sandiforddcb8d9c2014-07-08 11:10:34 +00001308 case llvm::Triple::Win32:
Reid Kleckner2918fef2014-11-24 22:05:42 +00001309 return true;
Richard Sandiforddcb8d9c2014-07-08 11:10:34 +00001310 default:
1311 return false;
1312 }
1313}
1314
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +00001315void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
1316 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1317 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
1318 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1319 if (FD->hasAttr<X86ForceAlignArgPointerAttr>()) {
1320 // Get the LLVM function.
1321 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
1322
1323 // Now add the 'alignstack' attribute with a value of 16.
Bill Wendlinga514ebc2012-10-15 20:36:26 +00001324 llvm::AttrBuilder B;
Bill Wendlingccf94c92012-10-14 03:28:14 +00001325 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(16);
Bill Wendling9a677922013-01-23 00:21:06 +00001326 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
1327 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(),
1328 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
1329 B));
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +00001330 }
1331 }
1332}
1333
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001334bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(
1335 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
1336 llvm::Value *Address) const {
1337 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001338
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001339 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001340
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001341 // 0-7 are the eight integer registers; the order is different
1342 // on Darwin (for EH), but the range is the same.
1343 // 8 is %eip.
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001344 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 8);
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001345
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00001346 if (CGF.CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001347 // 12-16 are st(0..4). Not sure why we stop at 4.
1348 // These have size 16, which is sizeof(long double) on
1349 // platforms with 8-byte alignment for that type.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001350 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 16);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001351 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 12, 16);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001352
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001353 } else {
1354 // 9 is %eflags, which doesn't get a size on Darwin for some
1355 // reason.
1356 Builder.CreateStore(Four8, Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Address, 9));
1357
1358 // 11-16 are st(0..5). Not sure why we stop at 5.
1359 // These have size 12, which is sizeof(long double) on
1360 // platforms with 4-byte alignment for that type.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001361 llvm::Value *Twelve8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 12);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001362 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Twelve8, 11, 16);
1363 }
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001364
1365 return false;
1366}
1367
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00001368//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1369// X86-64 ABI Implementation
1370//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1371
1372
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001373namespace {
1374/// X86_64ABIInfo - The X86_64 ABI information.
1375class X86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
1376 enum Class {
1377 Integer = 0,
1378 SSE,
1379 SSEUp,
1380 X87,
1381 X87Up,
1382 ComplexX87,
1383 NoClass,
1384 Memory
1385 };
1386
1387 /// merge - Implement the X86_64 ABI merging algorithm.
1388 ///
1389 /// Merge an accumulating classification \arg Accum with a field
1390 /// classification \arg Field.
1391 ///
1392 /// \param Accum - The accumulating classification. This should
1393 /// always be either NoClass or the result of a previous merge
1394 /// call. In addition, this should never be Memory (the caller
1395 /// should just return Memory for the aggregate).
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001396 static Class merge(Class Accum, Class Field);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001397
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001398 /// postMerge - Implement the X86_64 ABI post merging algorithm.
1399 ///
1400 /// Post merger cleanup, reduces a malformed Hi and Lo pair to
1401 /// final MEMORY or SSE classes when necessary.
1402 ///
1403 /// \param AggregateSize - The size of the current aggregate in
1404 /// the classification process.
1405 ///
1406 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type
1407 /// residing in the low word of the containing object.
1408 ///
1409 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type
1410 /// residing in the higher words of the containing object.
1411 ///
1412 void postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo, Class &Hi) const;
1413
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001414 /// classify - Determine the x86_64 register classes in which the
1415 /// given type T should be passed.
1416 ///
1417 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type
1418 /// residing in the low word of the containing object.
1419 ///
1420 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type
1421 /// residing in the high word of the containing object.
1422 ///
1423 /// \param OffsetBase - The bit offset of this type in the
1424 /// containing object. Some parameters are classified different
1425 /// depending on whether they straddle an eightbyte boundary.
1426 ///
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001427 /// \param isNamedArg - Whether the argument in question is a "named"
1428 /// argument, as used in AMD64-ABI 3.5.7.
1429 ///
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001430 /// If a word is unused its result will be NoClass; if a type should
1431 /// be passed in Memory then at least the classification of \arg Lo
1432 /// will be Memory.
1433 ///
Sylvestre Ledru33b5baf2012-09-27 10:16:10 +00001434 /// The \arg Lo class will be NoClass iff the argument is ignored.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001435 ///
1436 /// If the \arg Lo class is ComplexX87, then the \arg Hi class will
1437 /// also be ComplexX87.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001438 void classify(QualType T, uint64_t OffsetBase, Class &Lo, Class &Hi,
1439 bool isNamedArg) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001440
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001441 llvm::Type *GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00001442 llvm::Type *GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType,
1443 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy,
1444 unsigned SourceOffset) const;
1445 llvm::Type *GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType,
1446 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy,
1447 unsigned SourceOffset) const;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001448
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001449 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00001450 /// such that the argument will be returned in memory.
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00001451 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const;
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00001452
1453 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001454 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory.
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001455 ///
1456 /// \param freeIntRegs - The number of free integer registers remaining
1457 /// available.
1458 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001459
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001460 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001461
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00001462 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001463 unsigned freeIntRegs,
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00001464 unsigned &neededInt,
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001465 unsigned &neededSSE,
1466 bool isNamedArg) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001467
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001468 bool IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
1469
John McCalle0fda732011-04-21 01:20:55 +00001470 /// The 0.98 ABI revision clarified a lot of ambiguities,
1471 /// unfortunately in ways that were not always consistent with
1472 /// certain previous compilers. In particular, platforms which
1473 /// required strict binary compatibility with older versions of GCC
1474 /// may need to exempt themselves.
1475 bool honorsRevision0_98() const {
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00001476 return !getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin();
John McCalle0fda732011-04-21 01:20:55 +00001477 }
1478
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001479 bool HasAVX;
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001480 // Some ABIs (e.g. X32 ABI and Native Client OS) use 32 bit pointers on
1481 // 64-bit hardware.
1482 bool Has64BitPointers;
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001483
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001484public:
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001485 X86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool hasavx) :
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001486 ABIInfo(CGT), HasAVX(hasavx),
Derek Schuff8a872f32012-10-11 18:21:13 +00001487 Has64BitPointers(CGT.getDataLayout().getPointerSize(0) == 8) {
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001488 }
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00001489
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001490 bool isPassedUsingAVXType(QualType type) const {
1491 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001492 // The freeIntRegs argument doesn't matter here.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001493 ABIArgInfo info = classifyArgumentType(type, 0, neededInt, neededSSE,
1494 /*isNamedArg*/true);
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001495 if (info.isDirect()) {
1496 llvm::Type *ty = info.getCoerceToType();
1497 if (llvm::VectorType *vectorTy = dyn_cast_or_null<llvm::VectorType>(ty))
1498 return (vectorTy->getBitWidth() > 128);
1499 }
1500 return false;
1501 }
1502
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001503 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001504
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001505 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1506 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001507};
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001508
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001509/// WinX86_64ABIInfo - The Windows X86_64 ABI information.
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00001510class WinX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
1511
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001512 ABIArgInfo classify(QualType Ty, unsigned &FreeSSERegs,
1513 bool IsReturnType) const;
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00001514
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001515public:
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00001516 WinX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
1517
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001518 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001519
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001520 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1521 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001522
1523 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override {
1524 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
1525 return isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(getContext(), Ty);
1526 }
1527
1528 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
1529 uint64_t NumMembers) const override {
1530 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
1531 return isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(NumMembers);
1532 }
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001533};
1534
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001535class X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Alexander Musman09184fe2014-09-30 05:29:28 +00001536 bool HasAVX;
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001537public:
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001538 X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX)
Alexander Musman09184fe2014-09-30 05:29:28 +00001539 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_64ABIInfo(CGT, HasAVX)), HasAVX(HasAVX) {}
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001540
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001541 const X86_64ABIInfo &getABIInfo() const {
1542 return static_cast<const X86_64ABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo());
1543 }
1544
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001545 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001546 return 7;
1547 }
1548
1549 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001550 llvm::Value *Address) const override {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001551 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001552
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001553 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
1554 // 16 is %rip.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001555 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16);
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001556 return false;
1557 }
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +00001558
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +00001559 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001560 StringRef Constraint,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001561 llvm::Type* Ty) const override {
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +00001562 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty);
1563 }
1564
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001565 bool isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001566 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const override {
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +00001567 // The default CC on x86-64 sets %al to the number of SSA
1568 // registers used, and GCC sets this when calling an unprototyped
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001569 // function, so we override the default behavior. However, don't do
Eli Friedmanb8e45b22011-12-06 03:08:26 +00001570 // that when AVX types are involved: the ABI explicitly states it is
1571 // undefined, and it doesn't work in practice because of how the ABI
1572 // defines varargs anyway.
Reid Kleckner78af0702013-08-27 23:08:25 +00001573 if (fnType->getCallConv() == CC_C) {
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001574 bool HasAVXType = false;
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001575 for (CallArgList::const_iterator
1576 it = args.begin(), ie = args.end(); it != ie; ++it) {
1577 if (getABIInfo().isPassedUsingAVXType(it->Ty)) {
1578 HasAVXType = true;
1579 break;
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001580 }
1581 }
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001582
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001583 if (!HasAVXType)
1584 return true;
1585 }
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +00001586
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001587 return TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(args, fnType);
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +00001588 }
1589
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001590 llvm::Constant *
1591 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Peter Collingbourneb453cd62013-10-20 21:29:19 +00001592 unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8
1593 (0x0a << 8) | // .+0x0c
1594 ('F' << 16) |
1595 ('T' << 24);
1596 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig);
1597 }
1598
Alexander Musman09184fe2014-09-30 05:29:28 +00001599 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override {
1600 return HasAVX ? 32 : 16;
1601 }
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001602};
1603
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001604static std::string qualifyWindowsLibrary(llvm::StringRef Lib) {
1605 // If the argument does not end in .lib, automatically add the suffix. This
1606 // matches the behavior of MSVC.
1607 std::string ArgStr = Lib;
Rui Ueyama727025a2013-10-31 19:12:53 +00001608 if (!Lib.endswith_lower(".lib"))
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001609 ArgStr += ".lib";
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001610 return ArgStr;
1611}
1612
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001613class WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo {
1614public:
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00001615 WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT,
1616 bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned RegParms)
1617 : X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, d, p, w, RegParms) {}
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001618
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001619 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1620 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
1621
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001622 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001623 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001624 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:";
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001625 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib);
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001626 }
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001627
1628 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name,
1629 llvm::StringRef Value,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001630 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override {
Eli Friedmanf60b8ce2013-06-07 22:42:22 +00001631 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\"";
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001632 }
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001633};
1634
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001635static void addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(const Decl *D,
1636 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1637 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) {
1638 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1639 if (CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize != 4096) {
1640 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
1641
1642 Fn->addFnAttr("stack-probe-size", llvm::utostr(CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize));
1643 }
1644 }
1645}
1646
1647void WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
1648 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1649 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
1650 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM);
1651
1652 addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(D, GV, CGM);
1653}
1654
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001655class WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Alexander Musman09184fe2014-09-30 05:29:28 +00001656 bool HasAVX;
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001657public:
Alexander Musman09184fe2014-09-30 05:29:28 +00001658 WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX)
1659 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new WinX86_64ABIInfo(CGT)), HasAVX(HasAVX) {}
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001660
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001661 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1662 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
1663
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001664 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001665 return 7;
1666 }
1667
1668 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001669 llvm::Value *Address) const override {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001670 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00001671
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001672 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
1673 // 16 is %rip.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001674 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16);
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001675 return false;
1676 }
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001677
1678 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001679 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001680 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:";
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001681 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib);
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001682 }
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001683
1684 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name,
1685 llvm::StringRef Value,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001686 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override {
Eli Friedmanf60b8ce2013-06-07 22:42:22 +00001687 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\"";
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001688 }
Alexander Musman09184fe2014-09-30 05:29:28 +00001689
1690 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override {
1691 return HasAVX ? 32 : 16;
1692 }
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001693};
1694
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001695void WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
1696 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1697 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
1698 TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM);
1699
1700 addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(D, GV, CGM);
1701}
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001702}
1703
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001704void X86_64ABIInfo::postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo,
1705 Class &Hi) const {
1706 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 5. Then a post merger cleanup is done:
1707 //
1708 // (a) If one of the classes is Memory, the whole argument is passed in
1709 // memory.
1710 //
1711 // (b) If X87UP is not preceded by X87, the whole argument is passed in
1712 // memory.
1713 //
1714 // (c) If the size of the aggregate exceeds two eightbytes and the first
1715 // eightbyte isn't SSE or any other eightbyte isn't SSEUP, the whole
1716 // argument is passed in memory. NOTE: This is necessary to keep the
1717 // ABI working for processors that don't support the __m256 type.
1718 //
1719 // (d) If SSEUP is not preceded by SSE or SSEUP, it is converted to SSE.
1720 //
1721 // Some of these are enforced by the merging logic. Others can arise
1722 // only with unions; for example:
1723 // union { _Complex double; unsigned; }
1724 //
1725 // Note that clauses (b) and (c) were added in 0.98.
1726 //
1727 if (Hi == Memory)
1728 Lo = Memory;
1729 if (Hi == X87Up && Lo != X87 && honorsRevision0_98())
1730 Lo = Memory;
1731 if (AggregateSize > 128 && (Lo != SSE || Hi != SSEUp))
1732 Lo = Memory;
1733 if (Hi == SSEUp && Lo != SSE)
1734 Hi = SSE;
1735}
1736
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001737X86_64ABIInfo::Class X86_64ABIInfo::merge(Class Accum, Class Field) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001738 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 4. Each field of an object is
1739 // classified recursively so that always two fields are
1740 // considered. The resulting class is calculated according to
1741 // the classes of the fields in the eightbyte:
1742 //
1743 // (a) If both classes are equal, this is the resulting class.
1744 //
1745 // (b) If one of the classes is NO_CLASS, the resulting class is
1746 // the other class.
1747 //
1748 // (c) If one of the classes is MEMORY, the result is the MEMORY
1749 // class.
1750 //
1751 // (d) If one of the classes is INTEGER, the result is the
1752 // INTEGER.
1753 //
1754 // (e) If one of the classes is X87, X87UP, COMPLEX_X87 class,
1755 // MEMORY is used as class.
1756 //
1757 // (f) Otherwise class SSE is used.
1758
1759 // Accum should never be memory (we should have returned) or
1760 // ComplexX87 (because this cannot be passed in a structure).
1761 assert((Accum != Memory && Accum != ComplexX87) &&
1762 "Invalid accumulated classification during merge.");
1763 if (Accum == Field || Field == NoClass)
1764 return Accum;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001765 if (Field == Memory)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001766 return Memory;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001767 if (Accum == NoClass)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001768 return Field;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001769 if (Accum == Integer || Field == Integer)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001770 return Integer;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001771 if (Field == X87 || Field == X87Up || Field == ComplexX87 ||
1772 Accum == X87 || Accum == X87Up)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001773 return Memory;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001774 return SSE;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001775}
1776
Chris Lattner5c740f12010-06-30 19:14:05 +00001777void X86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, uint64_t OffsetBase,
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001778 Class &Lo, Class &Hi, bool isNamedArg) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001779 // FIXME: This code can be simplified by introducing a simple value class for
1780 // Class pairs with appropriate constructor methods for the various
1781 // situations.
1782
1783 // FIXME: Some of the split computations are wrong; unaligned vectors
1784 // shouldn't be passed in registers for example, so there is no chance they
1785 // can straddle an eightbyte. Verify & simplify.
1786
1787 Lo = Hi = NoClass;
1788
1789 Class &Current = OffsetBase < 64 ? Lo : Hi;
1790 Current = Memory;
1791
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001792 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001793 BuiltinType::Kind k = BT->getKind();
1794
1795 if (k == BuiltinType::Void) {
1796 Current = NoClass;
1797 } else if (k == BuiltinType::Int128 || k == BuiltinType::UInt128) {
1798 Lo = Integer;
1799 Hi = Integer;
1800 } else if (k >= BuiltinType::Bool && k <= BuiltinType::LongLong) {
1801 Current = Integer;
Derek Schuff57b7e8f2012-10-11 16:55:58 +00001802 } else if ((k == BuiltinType::Float || k == BuiltinType::Double) ||
1803 (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble &&
Cameron Esfahani556d91e2013-09-14 01:09:11 +00001804 getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl())) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001805 Current = SSE;
1806 } else if (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble) {
1807 Lo = X87;
1808 Hi = X87Up;
1809 }
1810 // FIXME: _Decimal32 and _Decimal64 are SSE.
1811 // FIXME: _float128 and _Decimal128 are (SSE, SSEUp).
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001812 return;
1813 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001814
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001815 if (const EnumType *ET = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001816 // Classify the underlying integer type.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001817 classify(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(), OffsetBase, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg);
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001818 return;
1819 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001820
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001821 if (Ty->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001822 Current = Integer;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001823 return;
1824 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001825
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001826 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
Jan Wen Voung01c21e82014-10-02 16:56:57 +00001827 if (Ty->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) {
1828 if (Has64BitPointers) {
1829 // If Has64BitPointers, this is an {i64, i64}, so classify both
1830 // Lo and Hi now.
1831 Lo = Hi = Integer;
1832 } else {
1833 // Otherwise, with 32-bit pointers, this is an {i32, i32}. If that
1834 // straddles an eightbyte boundary, Hi should be classified as well.
1835 uint64_t EB_FuncPtr = (OffsetBase) / 64;
1836 uint64_t EB_ThisAdj = (OffsetBase + 64 - 1) / 64;
1837 if (EB_FuncPtr != EB_ThisAdj) {
1838 Lo = Hi = Integer;
1839 } else {
1840 Current = Integer;
1841 }
1842 }
1843 } else {
Daniel Dunbar36d4d152010-05-15 00:00:37 +00001844 Current = Integer;
Jan Wen Voung01c21e82014-10-02 16:56:57 +00001845 }
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001846 return;
1847 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001848
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001849 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001850 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001851 if (Size == 32) {
1852 // gcc passes all <4 x char>, <2 x short>, <1 x int>, <1 x
1853 // float> as integer.
1854 Current = Integer;
1855
1856 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be
1857 // split.
1858 uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64;
1859 uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + Size - 1) / 64;
1860 if (EB_Real != EB_Imag)
1861 Hi = Lo;
1862 } else if (Size == 64) {
1863 // gcc passes <1 x double> in memory. :(
1864 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double))
1865 return;
1866
1867 // gcc passes <1 x long long> as INTEGER.
Chris Lattner46830f22010-08-26 18:03:20 +00001868 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) ||
Chris Lattner69e683f2010-08-26 18:13:50 +00001869 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong) ||
1870 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Long) ||
1871 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULong))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001872 Current = Integer;
1873 else
1874 Current = SSE;
1875
1876 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be
1877 // split.
1878 if (OffsetBase && OffsetBase != 64)
1879 Hi = Lo;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001880 } else if (Size == 128 || (HasAVX && isNamedArg && Size == 256)) {
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001881 // Arguments of 256-bits are split into four eightbyte chunks. The
1882 // least significant one belongs to class SSE and all the others to class
1883 // SSEUP. The original Lo and Hi design considers that types can't be
1884 // greater than 128-bits, so a 64-bit split in Hi and Lo makes sense.
1885 // This design isn't correct for 256-bits, but since there're no cases
1886 // where the upper parts would need to be inspected, avoid adding
1887 // complexity and just consider Hi to match the 64-256 part.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001888 //
1889 // Note that per 3.5.7 of AMD64-ABI, 256-bit args are only passed in
1890 // registers if they are "named", i.e. not part of the "..." of a
1891 // variadic function.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001892 Lo = SSE;
1893 Hi = SSEUp;
1894 }
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001895 return;
1896 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001897
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001898 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001899 QualType ET = getContext().getCanonicalType(CT->getElementType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001900
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001901 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Douglas Gregorb90df602010-06-16 00:17:44 +00001902 if (ET->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001903 if (Size <= 64)
1904 Current = Integer;
1905 else if (Size <= 128)
1906 Lo = Hi = Integer;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001907 } else if (ET == getContext().FloatTy)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001908 Current = SSE;
Derek Schuff57b7e8f2012-10-11 16:55:58 +00001909 else if (ET == getContext().DoubleTy ||
1910 (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy &&
Cameron Esfahani556d91e2013-09-14 01:09:11 +00001911 getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl()))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001912 Lo = Hi = SSE;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001913 else if (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001914 Current = ComplexX87;
1915
1916 // If this complex type crosses an eightbyte boundary then it
1917 // should be split.
1918 uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001919 uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + getContext().getTypeSize(ET)) / 64;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001920 if (Hi == NoClass && EB_Real != EB_Imag)
1921 Hi = Lo;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001922
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001923 return;
1924 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001925
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001926 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001927 // Arrays are treated like structures.
1928
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001929 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001930
1931 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001932 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY.
1933 if (Size > 256)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001934 return;
1935
1936 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If ..., or it contains unaligned
1937 // fields, it has class MEMORY.
1938 //
1939 // Only need to check alignment of array base.
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001940 if (OffsetBase % getContext().getTypeAlign(AT->getElementType()))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001941 return;
1942
1943 // Otherwise implement simplified merge. We could be smarter about
1944 // this, but it isn't worth it and would be harder to verify.
1945 Current = NoClass;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001946 uint64_t EltSize = getContext().getTypeSize(AT->getElementType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001947 uint64_t ArraySize = AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Bruno Cardoso Lopes75541d02011-07-12 01:27:38 +00001948
1949 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the array
1950 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended
1951 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory.
1952 if (Size > 128 && EltSize != 256)
1953 return;
1954
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001955 for (uint64_t i=0, Offset=OffsetBase; i<ArraySize; ++i, Offset += EltSize) {
1956 Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001957 classify(AT->getElementType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001958 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
1959 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
1960 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
1961 break;
1962 }
1963
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001964 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001965 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp array classification.");
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001966 return;
1967 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001968
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001969 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001970 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001971
1972 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001973 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY.
1974 if (Size > 256)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001975 return;
1976
Anders Carlsson20759ad2009-09-16 15:53:40 +00001977 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 2. If a C++ object has either a non-trivial
1978 // copy constructor or a non-trivial destructor, it is passed by invisible
1979 // reference.
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00001980 if (getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()))
Anders Carlsson20759ad2009-09-16 15:53:40 +00001981 return;
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00001982
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001983 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
1984
1985 // Assume variable sized types are passed in memory.
1986 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
1987 return;
1988
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001989 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001990
1991 // Reset Lo class, this will be recomputed.
1992 Current = NoClass;
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00001993
1994 // If this is a C++ record, classify the bases first.
1995 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00001996 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
1997 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() &&
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00001998 "Unexpected base class!");
1999 const CXXRecordDecl *Base =
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002000 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00002001
2002 // Classify this field.
2003 //
2004 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate exceeds a
2005 // single eightbyte, each is classified separately. Each eightbyte gets
2006 // initialized to class NO_CLASS.
2007 Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
Benjamin Kramer2ef30312012-07-04 18:45:14 +00002008 uint64_t Offset =
2009 OffsetBase + getContext().toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base));
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002010 classify(I.getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00002011 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
2012 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
2013 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
2014 break;
2015 }
2016 }
2017
2018 // Classify the fields one at a time, merging the results.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002019 unsigned idx = 0;
Bruno Cardoso Lopes0aadf832011-07-12 22:30:58 +00002020 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002021 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002022 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
2023 bool BitField = i->isBitField();
2024
Bruno Cardoso Lopes98154a72011-07-13 21:58:55 +00002025 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger than
2026 // four eightbytes, or it contains unaligned fields, it has class MEMORY.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002027 //
Bruno Cardoso Lopes98154a72011-07-13 21:58:55 +00002028 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the struct
2029 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended
2030 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory.
2031 //
2032 if (Size > 128 && getContext().getTypeSize(i->getType()) != 256) {
2033 Lo = Memory;
2034 return;
2035 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002036 // Note, skip this test for bit-fields, see below.
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002037 if (!BitField && Offset % getContext().getTypeAlign(i->getType())) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002038 Lo = Memory;
2039 return;
2040 }
2041
2042 // Classify this field.
2043 //
2044 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate
2045 // exceeds a single eightbyte, each is classified
2046 // separately. Each eightbyte gets initialized to class
2047 // NO_CLASS.
2048 Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
2049
2050 // Bit-fields require special handling, they do not force the
2051 // structure to be passed in memory even if unaligned, and
2052 // therefore they can straddle an eightbyte.
2053 if (BitField) {
2054 // Ignore padding bit-fields.
2055 if (i->isUnnamedBitfield())
2056 continue;
2057
2058 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00002059 uint64_t Size = i->getBitWidthValue(getContext());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002060
2061 uint64_t EB_Lo = Offset / 64;
2062 uint64_t EB_Hi = (Offset + Size - 1) / 64;
Sylvestre Ledru0c4813e2013-10-06 09:54:18 +00002063
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002064 if (EB_Lo) {
2065 assert(EB_Hi == EB_Lo && "Invalid classification, type > 16 bytes.");
2066 FieldLo = NoClass;
2067 FieldHi = Integer;
2068 } else {
2069 FieldLo = Integer;
2070 FieldHi = EB_Hi ? Integer : NoClass;
2071 }
2072 } else
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002073 classify(i->getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002074 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
2075 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
2076 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
2077 break;
2078 }
2079
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002080 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002081 }
2082}
2083
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00002084ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const {
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00002085 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right
2086 // place naturally.
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +00002087 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00002088 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2089 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2090 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2091
2092 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
2093 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
2094 }
2095
2096 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
2097}
2098
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00002099bool X86_64ABIInfo::IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
2100 if (const VectorType *VecTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
2101 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VecTy);
2102 unsigned LargestVector = HasAVX ? 256 : 128;
2103 if (Size <= 64 || Size > LargestVector)
2104 return true;
2105 }
2106
2107 return false;
2108}
2109
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002110ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty,
2111 unsigned freeIntRegs) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002112 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right
2113 // place naturally.
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002114 //
2115 // This assumption is optimistic, as there could be free registers available
2116 // when we need to pass this argument in memory, and LLVM could try to pass
2117 // the argument in the free register. This does not seem to happen currently,
2118 // but this code would be much safer if we could mark the argument with
2119 // 'onstack'. See PR12193.
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00002120 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !IsIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00002121 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2122 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2123 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2124
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +00002125 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
2126 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00002127 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002128
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00002129 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00002130 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Anders Carlsson20759ad2009-09-16 15:53:40 +00002131
Chris Lattner44c2b902011-05-22 23:21:23 +00002132 // Compute the byval alignment. We specify the alignment of the byval in all
2133 // cases so that the mid-level optimizer knows the alignment of the byval.
2134 unsigned Align = std::max(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, 8U);
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002135
2136 // Attempt to avoid passing indirect results using byval when possible. This
2137 // is important for good codegen.
2138 //
2139 // We do this by coercing the value into a scalar type which the backend can
2140 // handle naturally (i.e., without using byval).
2141 //
2142 // For simplicity, we currently only do this when we have exhausted all of the
2143 // free integer registers. Doing this when there are free integer registers
2144 // would require more care, as we would have to ensure that the coerced value
2145 // did not claim the unused register. That would require either reording the
2146 // arguments to the function (so that any subsequent inreg values came first),
2147 // or only doing this optimization when there were no following arguments that
2148 // might be inreg.
2149 //
2150 // We currently expect it to be rare (particularly in well written code) for
2151 // arguments to be passed on the stack when there are still free integer
2152 // registers available (this would typically imply large structs being passed
2153 // by value), so this seems like a fair tradeoff for now.
2154 //
2155 // We can revisit this if the backend grows support for 'onstack' parameter
2156 // attributes. See PR12193.
2157 if (freeIntRegs == 0) {
2158 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
2159
2160 // If this type fits in an eightbyte, coerce it into the matching integral
2161 // type, which will end up on the stack (with alignment 8).
2162 if (Align == 8 && Size <= 64)
2163 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
2164 Size));
2165 }
2166
Chris Lattner44c2b902011-05-22 23:21:23 +00002167 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002168}
2169
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002170/// GetByteVectorType - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in an
2171/// full vector XMM/YMM register. Pick an LLVM IR type that will be passed as a
Chris Lattner4200fe42010-07-29 04:56:46 +00002172/// vector register.
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002173llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002174 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002175
Chris Lattner9fa15c32010-07-29 05:02:29 +00002176 // Wrapper structs that just contain vectors are passed just like vectors,
2177 // strip them off if present.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002178 llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType);
Chris Lattner9fa15c32010-07-29 05:02:29 +00002179 while (STy && STy->getNumElements() == 1) {
2180 IRType = STy->getElementType(0);
2181 STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType);
2182 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002183
Bruno Cardoso Lopes129b4cc2011-07-08 22:57:35 +00002184 // If the preferred type is a 16-byte vector, prefer to pass it.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002185 if (llvm::VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)){
2186 llvm::Type *EltTy = VT->getElementType();
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002187 unsigned BitWidth = VT->getBitWidth();
Tanya Lattner71f1b2d2011-11-28 23:18:11 +00002188 if ((BitWidth >= 128 && BitWidth <= 256) &&
Chris Lattner4200fe42010-07-29 04:56:46 +00002189 (EltTy->isFloatTy() || EltTy->isDoubleTy() ||
2190 EltTy->isIntegerTy(8) || EltTy->isIntegerTy(16) ||
2191 EltTy->isIntegerTy(32) || EltTy->isIntegerTy(64) ||
2192 EltTy->isIntegerTy(128)))
2193 return VT;
2194 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002195
Chris Lattner4200fe42010-07-29 04:56:46 +00002196 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()), 2);
2197}
2198
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002199/// BitsContainNoUserData - Return true if the specified [start,end) bit range
2200/// is known to either be off the end of the specified type or being in
2201/// alignment padding. The user type specified is known to be at most 128 bits
2202/// in size, and have passed through X86_64ABIInfo::classify with a successful
2203/// classification that put one of the two halves in the INTEGER class.
2204///
2205/// It is conservatively correct to return false.
2206static bool BitsContainNoUserData(QualType Ty, unsigned StartBit,
2207 unsigned EndBit, ASTContext &Context) {
2208 // If the bytes being queried are off the end of the type, there is no user
2209 // data hiding here. This handles analysis of builtins, vectors and other
2210 // types that don't contain interesting padding.
2211 unsigned TySize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
2212 if (TySize <= StartBit)
2213 return true;
2214
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002215 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
2216 unsigned EltSize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(AT->getElementType());
2217 unsigned NumElts = (unsigned)AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
2218
2219 // Check each element to see if the element overlaps with the queried range.
2220 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) {
2221 // If the element is after the span we care about, then we're done..
2222 unsigned EltOffset = i*EltSize;
2223 if (EltOffset >= EndBit) break;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002224
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002225 unsigned EltStart = EltOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-EltOffset :0;
2226 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(AT->getElementType(), EltStart,
2227 EndBit-EltOffset, Context))
2228 return false;
2229 }
2230 // If it overlaps no elements, then it is safe to process as padding.
2231 return true;
2232 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002233
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002234 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
2235 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
2236 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002237
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002238 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
2239 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002240 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
2241 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002242 "Unexpected base class!");
2243 const CXXRecordDecl *Base =
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002244 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002245
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002246 // If the base is after the span we care about, ignore it.
Benjamin Kramer2ef30312012-07-04 18:45:14 +00002247 unsigned BaseOffset = Context.toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base));
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002248 if (BaseOffset >= EndBit) continue;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002249
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002250 unsigned BaseStart = BaseOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-BaseOffset :0;
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002251 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(I.getType(), BaseStart,
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002252 EndBit-BaseOffset, Context))
2253 return false;
2254 }
2255 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002256
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002257 // Verify that no field has data that overlaps the region of interest. Yes
2258 // this could be sped up a lot by being smarter about queried fields,
2259 // however we're only looking at structs up to 16 bytes, so we don't care
2260 // much.
2261 unsigned idx = 0;
2262 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
2263 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
2264 unsigned FieldOffset = (unsigned)Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002265
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002266 // If we found a field after the region we care about, then we're done.
2267 if (FieldOffset >= EndBit) break;
2268
2269 unsigned FieldStart = FieldOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-FieldOffset :0;
2270 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(i->getType(), FieldStart, EndBit-FieldOffset,
2271 Context))
2272 return false;
2273 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002274
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002275 // If nothing in this record overlapped the area of interest, then we're
2276 // clean.
2277 return true;
2278 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002279
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002280 return false;
2281}
2282
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002283/// ContainsFloatAtOffset - Return true if the specified LLVM IR type has a
2284/// float member at the specified offset. For example, {int,{float}} has a
2285/// float at offset 4. It is conservatively correct for this routine to return
2286/// false.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002287static bool ContainsFloatAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002288 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) {
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002289 // Base case if we find a float.
2290 if (IROffset == 0 && IRType->isFloatTy())
2291 return true;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002292
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002293 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002294 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) {
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002295 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = TD.getStructLayout(STy);
2296 unsigned Elt = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset);
2297 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(Elt);
2298 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(STy->getElementType(Elt), IROffset, TD);
2299 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002300
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002301 // If this is an array, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002302 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) {
2303 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType();
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002304 unsigned EltSize = TD.getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
2305 IROffset -= IROffset/EltSize*EltSize;
2306 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset, TD);
2307 }
2308
2309 return false;
2310}
2311
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002312
2313/// GetSSETypeAtOffset - Return a type that will be passed by the backend in the
2314/// low 8 bytes of an XMM register, corresponding to the SSE class.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002315llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::
2316GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002317 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const {
Chris Lattner50a357e2010-07-29 18:19:50 +00002318 // The only three choices we have are either double, <2 x float>, or float. We
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002319 // pass as float if the last 4 bytes is just padding. This happens for
2320 // structs that contain 3 floats.
2321 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+32,
2322 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext()))
2323 return llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext());
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002324
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002325 // We want to pass as <2 x float> if the LLVM IR type contains a float at
2326 // offset+0 and offset+4. Walk the LLVM IR type to find out if this is the
2327 // case.
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002328 if (ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset, getDataLayout()) &&
2329 ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset+4, getDataLayout()))
Chris Lattner9f8b4512010-08-25 23:39:14 +00002330 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), 2);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002331
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002332 return llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
2333}
2334
2335
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002336/// GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in
2337/// an 8-byte GPR. This means that we either have a scalar or we are talking
2338/// about the high or low part of an up-to-16-byte struct. This routine picks
2339/// the best LLVM IR type to represent this, which may be i64 or may be anything
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002340/// else that the backend will pass in a GPR that works better (e.g. i8, %foo*,
2341/// etc).
2342///
2343/// PrefType is an LLVM IR type that corresponds to (part of) the IR type for
2344/// the source type. IROffset is an offset in bytes into the LLVM IR type that
2345/// the 8-byte value references. PrefType may be null.
2346///
Alp Toker9907f082014-07-09 14:06:35 +00002347/// SourceTy is the source-level type for the entire argument. SourceOffset is
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002348/// an offset into this that we're processing (which is always either 0 or 8).
2349///
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002350llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::
2351GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002352 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const {
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002353 // If we're dealing with an un-offset LLVM IR type, then it means that we're
2354 // returning an 8-byte unit starting with it. See if we can safely use it.
2355 if (IROffset == 0) {
2356 // Pointers and int64's always fill the 8-byte unit.
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00002357 if ((isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && Has64BitPointers) ||
2358 IRType->isIntegerTy(64))
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002359 return IRType;
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002360
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002361 // If we have a 1/2/4-byte integer, we can use it only if the rest of the
2362 // goodness in the source type is just tail padding. This is allowed to
2363 // kick in for struct {double,int} on the int, but not on
2364 // struct{double,int,int} because we wouldn't return the second int. We
2365 // have to do this analysis on the source type because we can't depend on
2366 // unions being lowered a specific way etc.
2367 if (IRType->isIntegerTy(8) || IRType->isIntegerTy(16) ||
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00002368 IRType->isIntegerTy(32) ||
2369 (isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && !Has64BitPointers)) {
2370 unsigned BitWidth = isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) ? 32 :
2371 cast<llvm::IntegerType>(IRType)->getBitWidth();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002372
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002373 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+BitWidth,
2374 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext()))
2375 return IRType;
2376 }
2377 }
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002378
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002379 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) {
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002380 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002381 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = getDataLayout().getStructLayout(STy);
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002382 if (IROffset < SL->getSizeInBytes()) {
2383 unsigned FieldIdx = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset);
2384 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(FieldIdx);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002385
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002386 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(STy->getElementType(FieldIdx), IROffset,
2387 SourceTy, SourceOffset);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002388 }
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002389 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002390
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002391 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002392 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType();
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002393 unsigned EltSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002394 unsigned EltOffset = IROffset/EltSize*EltSize;
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002395 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset-EltOffset, SourceTy,
2396 SourceOffset);
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002397 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002398
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002399 // Okay, we don't have any better idea of what to pass, so we pass this in an
2400 // integer register that isn't too big to fit the rest of the struct.
Chris Lattner3f763422010-07-29 17:34:39 +00002401 unsigned TySizeInBytes =
2402 (unsigned)getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(SourceTy).getQuantity();
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002403
Chris Lattner3f763422010-07-29 17:34:39 +00002404 assert(TySizeInBytes != SourceOffset && "Empty field?");
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002405
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002406 // It is always safe to classify this as an integer type up to i64 that
2407 // isn't larger than the structure.
Chris Lattner3f763422010-07-29 17:34:39 +00002408 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
2409 std::min(TySizeInBytes-SourceOffset, 8U)*8);
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00002410}
2411
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002412
2413/// GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair - Given a high and low type that can ideally
2414/// be used as elements of a two register pair to pass or return, return a
2415/// first class aggregate to represent them. For example, if the low part of
2416/// a by-value argument should be passed as i32* and the high part as float,
2417/// return {i32*, float}.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002418static llvm::Type *
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +00002419GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(llvm::Type *Lo, llvm::Type *Hi,
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002420 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) {
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002421 // In order to correctly satisfy the ABI, we need to the high part to start
2422 // at offset 8. If the high and low parts we inferred are both 4-byte types
2423 // (e.g. i32 and i32) then the resultant struct type ({i32,i32}) won't have
2424 // the second element at offset 8. Check for this:
2425 unsigned LoSize = (unsigned)TD.getTypeAllocSize(Lo);
2426 unsigned HiAlign = TD.getABITypeAlignment(Hi);
David Majnemered684072014-10-20 06:13:36 +00002427 unsigned HiStart = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(LoSize, HiAlign);
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002428 assert(HiStart != 0 && HiStart <= 8 && "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!");
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002429
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002430 // To handle this, we have to increase the size of the low part so that the
2431 // second element will start at an 8 byte offset. We can't increase the size
2432 // of the second element because it might make us access off the end of the
2433 // struct.
2434 if (HiStart != 8) {
2435 // There are only two sorts of types the ABI generation code can produce for
2436 // the low part of a pair that aren't 8 bytes in size: float or i8/i16/i32.
2437 // Promote these to a larger type.
2438 if (Lo->isFloatTy())
2439 Lo = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(Lo->getContext());
2440 else {
2441 assert(Lo->isIntegerTy() && "Invalid/unknown lo type");
2442 Lo = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Lo->getContext());
2443 }
2444 }
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002445
Reid Kleckneree7cf842014-12-01 22:02:27 +00002446 llvm::StructType *Result = llvm::StructType::get(Lo, Hi, nullptr);
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002447
2448
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002449 // Verify that the second element is at an 8-byte offset.
2450 assert(TD.getStructLayout(Result)->getElementOffset(1) == 8 &&
2451 "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!");
2452 return Result;
2453}
2454
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002455ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00002456classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002457 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 1. Classify the return type with the
2458 // classification algorithm.
2459 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002460 classify(RetTy, 0, Lo, Hi, /*isNamedArg*/ true);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002461
2462 // Check some invariants.
2463 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification.");
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002464 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification.");
2465
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002466 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002467 switch (Lo) {
2468 case NoClass:
Chris Lattner8a2f3c72010-07-30 04:02:24 +00002469 if (Hi == NoClass)
2470 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2471 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType
2472 // null.
2473 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) &&
2474 "Unknown missing lo part");
2475 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002476
2477 case SSEUp:
2478 case X87Up:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002479 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word.");
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002480
2481 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 2. Types of class memory are returned via
2482 // hidden argument.
2483 case Memory:
2484 return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy);
2485
2486 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 3. If the class is INTEGER, the next
2487 // available register of the sequence %rax, %rdx is used.
2488 case Integer:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002489 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002490
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002491 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend
2492 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes.
2493 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) {
2494 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2495 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
2496 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002497
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002498 if (RetTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
2499 RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
2500 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
2501 }
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002502 break;
2503
2504 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 4. If the class is SSE, the next
2505 // available SSE register of the sequence %xmm0, %xmm1 is used.
2506 case SSE:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002507 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0);
Chris Lattnerfa560fe2010-07-28 23:12:33 +00002508 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002509
2510 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 6. If the class is X87, the value is
2511 // returned on the X87 stack in %st0 as 80-bit x87 number.
2512 case X87:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002513 ResType = llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext());
Chris Lattnerfa560fe2010-07-28 23:12:33 +00002514 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002515
2516 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 8. If the class is COMPLEX_X87, the real
2517 // part of the value is returned in %st0 and the imaginary part in
2518 // %st1.
2519 case ComplexX87:
2520 assert(Hi == ComplexX87 && "Unexpected ComplexX87 classification.");
Chris Lattner845511f2011-06-18 22:49:11 +00002521 ResType = llvm::StructType::get(llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()),
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002522 llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()),
Reid Kleckneree7cf842014-12-01 22:02:27 +00002523 nullptr);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002524 break;
2525 }
2526
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002527 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002528 switch (Hi) {
2529 // Memory was handled previously and X87 should
2530 // never occur as a hi class.
2531 case Memory:
2532 case X87:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002533 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word.");
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002534
2535 case ComplexX87: // Previously handled.
Chris Lattnerfa560fe2010-07-28 23:12:33 +00002536 case NoClass:
2537 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002538
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002539 case Integer:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002540 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002541 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2542 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002543 break;
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002544 case SSE:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002545 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002546 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2547 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002548 break;
2549
2550 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 5. If the class is SSEUP, the eightbyte
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002551 // is passed in the next available eightbyte chunk if the last used
2552 // vector register.
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002553 //
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002554 // SSEUP should always be preceded by SSE, just widen.
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002555 case SSEUp:
2556 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification.");
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002557 ResType = GetByteVectorType(RetTy);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002558 break;
2559
2560 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 7. If the class is X87UP, the value is
2561 // returned together with the previous X87 value in %st0.
2562 case X87Up:
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002563 // If X87Up is preceded by X87, we don't need to do
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002564 // anything. However, in some cases with unions it may not be
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002565 // preceded by X87. In such situations we follow gcc and pass the
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002566 // extra bits in an SSE reg.
Chris Lattnerc95a3982010-07-29 17:49:08 +00002567 if (Lo != X87) {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002568 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002569 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2570 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattnerc95a3982010-07-29 17:49:08 +00002571 }
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002572 break;
2573 }
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002574
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002575 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002576 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a
2577 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high}
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002578 if (HighPart)
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002579 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout());
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002580
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002581 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002582}
2583
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002584ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002585 QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs, unsigned &neededInt, unsigned &neededSSE,
2586 bool isNamedArg)
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002587 const
2588{
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +00002589 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
2590
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002591 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002592 classify(Ty, 0, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002593
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002594 // Check some invariants.
2595 // FIXME: Enforce these by construction.
2596 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification.");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002597 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification.");
2598
2599 neededInt = 0;
2600 neededSSE = 0;
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002601 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002602 switch (Lo) {
2603 case NoClass:
Chris Lattner8a2f3c72010-07-30 04:02:24 +00002604 if (Hi == NoClass)
2605 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2606 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType
2607 // null.
2608 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) &&
2609 "Unknown missing lo part");
2610 break;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002611
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002612 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 1. If the class is MEMORY, pass the argument
2613 // on the stack.
2614 case Memory:
2615
2616 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 5. If the class is X87, X87UP or
2617 // COMPLEX_X87, it is passed in memory.
2618 case X87:
2619 case ComplexX87:
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00002620 if (getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()) == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect)
Eli Friedman4774b7e2011-06-29 07:04:55 +00002621 ++neededInt;
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002622 return getIndirectResult(Ty, freeIntRegs);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002623
2624 case SSEUp:
2625 case X87Up:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002626 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word.");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002627
2628 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 2. If the class is INTEGER, the next
2629 // available register of the sequence %rdi, %rsi, %rdx, %rcx, %r8
2630 // and %r9 is used.
2631 case Integer:
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00002632 ++neededInt;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002633
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002634 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002635 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 0, Ty, 0);
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002636
2637 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend
2638 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes.
2639 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) {
2640 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2641 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2642 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002643
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002644 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
2645 Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
2646 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
2647 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002648
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002649 break;
2650
2651 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 3. If the class is SSE, the next
2652 // available SSE register is used, the registers are taken in the
2653 // order from %xmm0 to %xmm7.
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00002654 case SSE: {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002655 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
Eli Friedman1310c682011-07-02 00:57:27 +00002656 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(IRType, 0, Ty, 0);
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002657 ++neededSSE;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002658 break;
2659 }
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00002660 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002661
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002662 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002663 switch (Hi) {
2664 // Memory was handled previously, ComplexX87 and X87 should
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002665 // never occur as hi classes, and X87Up must be preceded by X87,
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002666 // which is passed in memory.
2667 case Memory:
2668 case X87:
2669 case ComplexX87:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002670 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word.");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002671
2672 case NoClass: break;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002673
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002674 case Integer:
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002675 ++neededInt;
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002676 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002677 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002678
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002679 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2680 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002681 break;
2682
2683 // X87Up generally doesn't occur here (long double is passed in
2684 // memory), except in situations involving unions.
2685 case X87Up:
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002686 case SSE:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002687 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002688
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002689 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2690 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattner8a2f3c72010-07-30 04:02:24 +00002691
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002692 ++neededSSE;
2693 break;
2694
2695 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 4. If the class is SSEUP, the
2696 // eightbyte is passed in the upper half of the last used SSE
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002697 // register. This only happens when 128-bit vectors are passed.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002698 case SSEUp:
Chris Lattnerf4ba08a2010-07-28 23:47:21 +00002699 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification");
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002700 ResType = GetByteVectorType(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002701 break;
2702 }
2703
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002704 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is
2705 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a
2706 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high}
2707 if (HighPart)
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002708 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout());
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002709
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002710 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002711}
2712
Chris Lattner22326a12010-07-29 02:31:05 +00002713void X86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002714
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00002715 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
2716 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002717
2718 // Keep track of the number of assigned registers.
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002719 unsigned freeIntRegs = 6, freeSSERegs = 8;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002720
2721 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one
2722 // integer register.
2723 if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect())
2724 --freeIntRegs;
2725
Peter Collingbournef7706832014-12-12 23:41:25 +00002726 // The chain argument effectively gives us another free register.
2727 if (FI.isChainCall())
2728 ++freeIntRegs;
2729
Alexey Samsonov34625dd2014-09-29 21:21:48 +00002730 unsigned NumRequiredArgs = FI.getNumRequiredArgs();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002731 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Once arguments are classified, the registers
2732 // get assigned (in left-to-right order) for passing as follows...
Alexey Samsonov34625dd2014-09-29 21:21:48 +00002733 unsigned ArgNo = 0;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002734 for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end();
Alexey Samsonov34625dd2014-09-29 21:21:48 +00002735 it != ie; ++it, ++ArgNo) {
2736 bool IsNamedArg = ArgNo < NumRequiredArgs;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002737
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002738 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002739 it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, freeIntRegs, neededInt,
Alexey Samsonov34625dd2014-09-29 21:21:48 +00002740 neededSSE, IsNamedArg);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002741
2742 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: If there are no registers available for any
2743 // eightbyte of an argument, the whole argument is passed on the
2744 // stack. If registers have already been assigned for some
2745 // eightbytes of such an argument, the assignments get reverted.
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002746 if (freeIntRegs >= neededInt && freeSSERegs >= neededSSE) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002747 freeIntRegs -= neededInt;
2748 freeSSERegs -= neededSSE;
2749 } else {
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002750 it->info = getIndirectResult(it->type, freeIntRegs);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002751 }
2752 }
2753}
2754
2755static llvm::Value *EmitVAArgFromMemory(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
2756 QualType Ty,
2757 CodeGenFunction &CGF) {
2758 llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area_p =
2759 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_p");
2760 llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area =
2761 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(overflow_arg_area_p, "overflow_arg_area");
2762
2763 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 7. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to a 16
2764 // byte boundary if alignment needed by type exceeds 8 byte boundary.
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002765 // It isn't stated explicitly in the standard, but in practice we use
2766 // alignment greater than 16 where necessary.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002767 uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
2768 if (Align > 8) {
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002769 // overflow_arg_area = (overflow_arg_area + align - 1) & -align;
Owen Anderson41a75022009-08-13 21:57:51 +00002770 llvm::Value *Offset =
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002771 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002772 overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset);
2773 llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(overflow_arg_area,
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00002774 CGF.Int64Ty);
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002775 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -(uint64_t)Align);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002776 overflow_arg_area =
2777 CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask),
2778 overflow_arg_area->getType(),
2779 "overflow_arg_area.align");
2780 }
2781
2782 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 8. Fetch type from l->overflow_arg_area.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002783 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002784 llvm::Value *Res =
2785 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(overflow_arg_area,
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00002786 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002787
2788 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 9. Set l->overflow_arg_area to:
2789 // l->overflow_arg_area + sizeof(type).
2790 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 10. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to
2791 // an 8 byte boundary.
2792
2793 uint64_t SizeInBytes = (CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 7) / 8;
Owen Anderson41a75022009-08-13 21:57:51 +00002794 llvm::Value *Offset =
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00002795 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, (SizeInBytes + 7) & ~7);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002796 overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset,
2797 "overflow_arg_area.next");
2798 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(overflow_arg_area, overflow_arg_area_p);
2799
2800 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 11. Return the fetched type.
2801 return Res;
2802}
2803
2804llvm::Value *X86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
2805 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
2806 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type:
2807 // struct {
2808 // i32 gp_offset;
2809 // i32 fp_offset;
2810 // i8* overflow_arg_area;
2811 // i8* reg_save_area;
2812 // };
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002813 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002814
Chris Lattner9723d6c2010-03-11 18:19:55 +00002815 Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty);
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002816 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, 0, neededInt, neededSSE,
2817 /*isNamedArg*/false);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002818
2819 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 1. Determine whether type may be passed
2820 // in the registers. If not go to step 7.
2821 if (!neededInt && !neededSSE)
2822 return EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
2823
2824 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 2. Compute num_gp to hold the number of
2825 // general purpose registers needed to pass type and num_fp to hold
2826 // the number of floating point registers needed.
2827
2828 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 3. Verify whether arguments fit into
2829 // registers. In the case: l->gp_offset > 48 - num_gp * 8 or
2830 // l->fp_offset > 304 - num_fp * 16 go to step 7.
2831 //
2832 // NOTE: 304 is a typo, there are (6 * 8 + 8 * 16) = 176 bytes of
2833 // register save space).
2834
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002835 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr;
2836 llvm::Value *gp_offset_p = nullptr, *gp_offset = nullptr;
2837 llvm::Value *fp_offset_p = nullptr, *fp_offset = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002838 if (neededInt) {
2839 gp_offset_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, "gp_offset_p");
2840 gp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(gp_offset_p, "gp_offset");
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002841 InRegs = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 48 - neededInt * 8);
2842 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(gp_offset, InRegs, "fits_in_gp");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002843 }
2844
2845 if (neededSSE) {
2846 fp_offset_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 1, "fp_offset_p");
2847 fp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(fp_offset_p, "fp_offset");
2848 llvm::Value *FitsInFP =
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002849 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 176 - neededSSE * 16);
2850 FitsInFP = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(fp_offset, FitsInFP, "fits_in_fp");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002851 InRegs = InRegs ? CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(InRegs, FitsInFP) : FitsInFP;
2852 }
2853
2854 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
2855 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem");
2856 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
2857 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock);
2858
2859 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers.
2860
2861 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
2862
2863 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 4. Fetch type from l->reg_save_area with
2864 // an offset of l->gp_offset and/or l->fp_offset. This may require
2865 // copying to a temporary location in case the parameter is passed
2866 // in different register classes or requires an alignment greater
2867 // than 8 for general purpose registers and 16 for XMM registers.
2868 //
2869 // FIXME: This really results in shameful code when we end up needing to
2870 // collect arguments from different places; often what should result in a
2871 // simple assembling of a structure from scattered addresses has many more
2872 // loads than necessary. Can we clean this up?
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002873 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002874 llvm::Value *RegAddr =
2875 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3),
2876 "reg_save_area");
2877 if (neededInt && neededSSE) {
2878 // FIXME: Cleanup.
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00002879 assert(AI.isDirect() && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002880 llvm::StructType *ST = cast<llvm::StructType>(AI.getCoerceToType());
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00002881 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2882 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002883 assert(ST->getNumElements() == 2 && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002884 llvm::Type *TyLo = ST->getElementType(0);
2885 llvm::Type *TyHi = ST->getElementType(1);
Chris Lattner51e1cc22010-08-26 06:28:35 +00002886 assert((TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ^ TyHi->isFPOrFPVectorTy()) &&
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002887 "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002888 llvm::Type *PTyLo = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyLo);
2889 llvm::Type *PTyHi = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyHi);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002890 llvm::Value *GPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset);
2891 llvm::Value *FPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
Rafael Espindola0a500af2014-06-24 20:01:50 +00002892 llvm::Value *RegLoAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? FPAddr : GPAddr;
2893 llvm::Value *RegHiAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? GPAddr : FPAddr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002894 llvm::Value *V =
2895 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegLoAddr, PTyLo));
2896 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0));
2897 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegHiAddr, PTyHi));
2898 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1));
2899
Owen Anderson170229f2009-07-14 23:10:40 +00002900 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp,
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00002901 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002902 } else if (neededInt) {
2903 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset);
2904 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr,
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00002905 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00002906
2907 // Copy to a temporary if necessary to ensure the appropriate alignment.
2908 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> SizeAlign =
2909 CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
2910 uint64_t TySize = SizeAlign.first.getQuantity();
2911 unsigned TyAlign = SizeAlign.second.getQuantity();
2912 if (TyAlign > 8) {
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00002913 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2914 CGF.Builder.CreateMemCpy(Tmp, RegAddr, TySize, 8, false);
2915 RegAddr = Tmp;
2916 }
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002917 } else if (neededSSE == 1) {
2918 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
2919 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr,
2920 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002921 } else {
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002922 assert(neededSSE == 2 && "Invalid number of needed registers!");
2923 // SSE registers are spaced 16 bytes apart in the register save
2924 // area, we need to collect the two eightbytes together.
2925 llvm::Value *RegAddrLo = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002926 llvm::Value *RegAddrHi = CGF.Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(RegAddrLo, 16);
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00002927 llvm::Type *DoubleTy = CGF.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002928 llvm::Type *DblPtrTy =
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002929 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(DoubleTy);
Reid Kleckneree7cf842014-12-01 22:02:27 +00002930 llvm::StructType *ST = llvm::StructType::get(DoubleTy, DoubleTy, nullptr);
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00002931 llvm::Value *V, *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2932 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo());
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002933 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrLo,
2934 DblPtrTy));
2935 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0));
2936 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrHi,
2937 DblPtrTy));
2938 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1));
2939 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp,
2940 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002941 }
2942
2943 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 5. Set:
2944 // l->gp_offset = l->gp_offset + num_gp * 8
2945 // l->fp_offset = l->fp_offset + num_fp * 16.
2946 if (neededInt) {
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00002947 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededInt * 8);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002948 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(gp_offset, Offset),
2949 gp_offset_p);
2950 }
2951 if (neededSSE) {
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00002952 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededSSE * 16);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002953 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(fp_offset, Offset),
2954 fp_offset_p);
2955 }
2956 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
2957
2958 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory.
2959
2960 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock);
2961 llvm::Value *MemAddr = EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
2962
2963 // Return the appropriate result.
2964
2965 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
Jay Foad20c0f022011-03-30 11:28:58 +00002966 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(RegAddr->getType(), 2,
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002967 "vaarg.addr");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002968 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
2969 ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002970 return ResAddr;
2971}
2972
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00002973ABIArgInfo WinX86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, unsigned &FreeSSERegs,
2974 bool IsReturnType) const {
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00002975
2976 if (Ty->isVoidType())
2977 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2978
2979 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2980 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2981
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00002982 TypeInfo Info = getContext().getTypeInfo(Ty);
2983 uint64_t Width = Info.Width;
2984 unsigned Align = getContext().toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.Align).getQuantity();
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00002985
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00002986 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
2987 if (RT) {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00002988 if (!IsReturnType) {
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00002989 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00002990 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
2991 }
2992
2993 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00002994 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
2995
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00002996 // FIXME: mingw-w64-gcc emits 128-bit struct as i128
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00002997 if (Width == 128 && getTarget().getTriple().isWindowsGNUEnvironment())
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00002998 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00002999 Width));
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00003000 }
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00003001
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003002 // vectorcall adds the concept of a homogenous vector aggregate, similar to
3003 // other targets.
3004 const Type *Base = nullptr;
3005 uint64_t NumElts = 0;
3006 if (FreeSSERegs && isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumElts)) {
3007 if (FreeSSERegs >= NumElts) {
3008 FreeSSERegs -= NumElts;
3009 if (IsReturnType || Ty->isBuiltinType() || Ty->isVectorType())
3010 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3011 return ABIArgInfo::getExpand();
3012 }
3013 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align, /*ByVal=*/false);
3014 }
3015
3016
Reid Klecknerec87fec2014-05-02 01:17:12 +00003017 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
Reid Kleckner7f5f0f32014-05-02 01:14:59 +00003018 // If the member pointer is represented by an LLVM int or ptr, pass it
3019 // directly.
3020 llvm::Type *LLTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
3021 if (LLTy->isPointerTy() || LLTy->isIntegerTy())
3022 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00003023 }
3024
3025 if (RT || Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00003026 // MS x64 ABI requirement: "Any argument that doesn't fit in 8 bytes, or is
3027 // not 1, 2, 4, or 8 bytes, must be passed by reference."
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003028 if (Width > 64 || !llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width))
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00003029 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003030
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00003031 // Otherwise, coerce it to a small integer.
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003032 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Width));
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003033 }
3034
Julien Lerouge10dcff82014-08-27 00:36:55 +00003035 // Bool type is always extended to the ABI, other builtin types are not
3036 // extended.
3037 const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
3038 if (BT && BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Bool)
Julien Lerougee8d34fa2014-08-26 22:11:53 +00003039 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
3040
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003041 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3042}
3043
3044void WinX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003045 bool IsVectorCall =
3046 FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall;
Reid Kleckner37abaca2014-05-09 22:46:15 +00003047
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003048 // We can use up to 4 SSE return registers with vectorcall.
3049 unsigned FreeSSERegs = IsVectorCall ? 4 : 0;
3050 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
3051 FI.getReturnInfo() = classify(FI.getReturnType(), FreeSSERegs, true);
3052
3053 // We can use up to 6 SSE register parameters with vectorcall.
3054 FreeSSERegs = IsVectorCall ? 6 : 0;
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003055 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003056 I.info = classify(I.type, FreeSSERegs, false);
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003057}
3058
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00003059llvm::Value *WinX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3060 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00003061 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00003062
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00003063 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3064 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
3065 "ap");
3066 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
3067 llvm::Type *PTy =
3068 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
3069 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
3070
3071 uint64_t Offset =
3072 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 8);
3073 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
3074 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
3075 "ap.next");
3076 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
3077
3078 return AddrTyped;
3079}
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00003080
Benjamin Kramer1cdb23d2012-10-20 13:02:06 +00003081namespace {
3082
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00003083class NaClX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
3084 public:
3085 NaClX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX)
3086 : ABIInfo(CGT), PInfo(CGT), NInfo(CGT, HasAVX) {}
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003087 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
3088 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3089 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00003090 private:
3091 PNaClABIInfo PInfo; // Used for generating calls with pnaclcall callingconv.
3092 X86_64ABIInfo NInfo; // Used for everything else.
3093};
3094
3095class NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Alexander Musman09184fe2014-09-30 05:29:28 +00003096 bool HasAVX;
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00003097 public:
Alexander Musman09184fe2014-09-30 05:29:28 +00003098 NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX)
3099 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NaClX86_64ABIInfo(CGT, HasAVX)), HasAVX(HasAVX) {
3100 }
3101 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override {
3102 return HasAVX ? 32 : 16;
3103 }
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00003104};
3105
Benjamin Kramer1cdb23d2012-10-20 13:02:06 +00003106}
3107
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00003108void NaClX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
3109 if (FI.getASTCallingConvention() == CC_PnaclCall)
3110 PInfo.computeInfo(FI);
3111 else
3112 NInfo.computeInfo(FI);
3113}
3114
3115llvm::Value *NaClX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3116 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3117 // Always use the native convention; calling pnacl-style varargs functions
3118 // is unuspported.
3119 return NInfo.EmitVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
3120}
3121
3122
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003123// PowerPC-32
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003124namespace {
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003125/// PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 32-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information.
3126class PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003127public:
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003128 PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {}
3129
3130 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3131 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
3132};
3133
3134class PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
3135public:
3136 PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00003137
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003138 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003139 // This is recovered from gcc output.
3140 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
3141 }
3142
3143 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003144 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Hal Finkel92e31a52014-10-03 17:45:20 +00003145
3146 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override {
3147 return 16; // Natural alignment for Altivec vectors.
3148 }
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003149};
3150
3151}
3152
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003153llvm::Value *PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
3154 QualType Ty,
3155 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3156 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3157 // TODO: Implement this. For now ignore.
3158 (void)CTy;
3159 return nullptr;
3160 }
3161
3162 bool isI64 = Ty->isIntegerType() && getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 64;
3163 bool isInt = Ty->isIntegerType() || Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isAggregateType();
3164 llvm::Type *CharPtr = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
3165 llvm::Type *CharPtrPtr = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
3166
3167 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3168 llvm::Value *GPRPtr = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, CharPtr, "gprptr");
3169 llvm::Value *GPRPtrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(GPRPtr, CGF.Int32Ty);
3170 llvm::Value *FPRPtrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(GPRPtrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(1));
3171 llvm::Value *FPRPtr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(FPRPtrAsInt, CharPtr);
3172 llvm::Value *OverflowAreaPtrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(FPRPtrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(3));
3173 llvm::Value *OverflowAreaPtr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OverflowAreaPtrAsInt, CharPtrPtr);
3174 llvm::Value *RegsaveAreaPtrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(OverflowAreaPtrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(4));
3175 llvm::Value *RegsaveAreaPtr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(RegsaveAreaPtrAsInt, CharPtrPtr);
3176 llvm::Value *GPR = Builder.CreateLoad(GPRPtr, false, "gpr");
3177 // Align GPR when TY is i64.
3178 if (isI64) {
3179 llvm::Value *GPRAnd = Builder.CreateAnd(GPR, Builder.getInt8(1));
3180 llvm::Value *CC64 = Builder.CreateICmpEQ(GPRAnd, Builder.getInt8(1));
3181 llvm::Value *GPRPlusOne = Builder.CreateAdd(GPR, Builder.getInt8(1));
3182 GPR = Builder.CreateSelect(CC64, GPRPlusOne, GPR);
3183 }
3184 llvm::Value *FPR = Builder.CreateLoad(FPRPtr, false, "fpr");
3185 llvm::Value *OverflowArea = Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowAreaPtr, false, "overflow_area");
3186 llvm::Value *OverflowAreaAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OverflowArea, CGF.Int32Ty);
3187 llvm::Value *RegsaveArea = Builder.CreateLoad(RegsaveAreaPtr, false, "regsave_area");
3188 llvm::Value *RegsaveAreaAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(RegsaveArea, CGF.Int32Ty);
3189
3190 llvm::Value *CC = Builder.CreateICmpULT(isInt ? GPR : FPR,
3191 Builder.getInt8(8), "cond");
3192
3193 llvm::Value *RegConstant = Builder.CreateMul(isInt ? GPR : FPR,
3194 Builder.getInt8(isInt ? 4 : 8));
3195
3196 llvm::Value *OurReg = Builder.CreateAdd(RegsaveAreaAsInt, Builder.CreateSExt(RegConstant, CGF.Int32Ty));
3197
3198 if (Ty->isFloatingType())
3199 OurReg = Builder.CreateAdd(OurReg, Builder.getInt32(32));
3200
3201 llvm::BasicBlock *UsingRegs = CGF.createBasicBlock("using_regs");
3202 llvm::BasicBlock *UsingOverflow = CGF.createBasicBlock("using_overflow");
3203 llvm::BasicBlock *Cont = CGF.createBasicBlock("cont");
3204
3205 Builder.CreateCondBr(CC, UsingRegs, UsingOverflow);
3206
3207 CGF.EmitBlock(UsingRegs);
3208
3209 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
3210 llvm::Value *Result1 = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OurReg, PTy);
3211 // Increase the GPR/FPR indexes.
3212 if (isInt) {
3213 GPR = Builder.CreateAdd(GPR, Builder.getInt8(isI64 ? 2 : 1));
3214 Builder.CreateStore(GPR, GPRPtr);
3215 } else {
3216 FPR = Builder.CreateAdd(FPR, Builder.getInt8(1));
3217 Builder.CreateStore(FPR, FPRPtr);
3218 }
3219 CGF.EmitBranch(Cont);
3220
3221 CGF.EmitBlock(UsingOverflow);
3222
3223 // Increase the overflow area.
3224 llvm::Value *Result2 = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OverflowAreaAsInt, PTy);
3225 OverflowAreaAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(OverflowAreaAsInt, Builder.getInt32(isInt ? 4 : 8));
3226 Builder.CreateStore(Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OverflowAreaAsInt, CharPtr), OverflowAreaPtr);
3227 CGF.EmitBranch(Cont);
3228
3229 CGF.EmitBlock(Cont);
3230
3231 llvm::PHINode *Result = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(PTy, 2, "vaarg.addr");
3232 Result->addIncoming(Result1, UsingRegs);
3233 Result->addIncoming(Result2, UsingOverflow);
3234
3235 if (Ty->isAggregateType()) {
3236 llvm::Value *AGGPtr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Result, CharPtrPtr, "aggrptr") ;
3237 return Builder.CreateLoad(AGGPtr, false, "aggr");
3238 }
3239
3240 return Result;
3241}
3242
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003243bool
3244PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3245 llvm::Value *Address) const {
3246 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
3247 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
3248
3249 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003250
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00003251 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003252 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
3253 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
3254 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16);
3255
3256 // 0-31: r0-31, the 4-byte general-purpose registers
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00003257 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 31);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003258
3259 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00003260 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003261
3262 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers:
3263 // 64: mq
3264 // 65: lr
3265 // 66: ctr
3266 // 67: ap
3267 // 68-75 cr0-7
3268 // 76: xer
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00003269 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003270
3271 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00003272 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003273
3274 // 109: vrsave
3275 // 110: vscr
3276 // 111: spe_acc
3277 // 112: spefscr
3278 // 113: sfp
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00003279 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003280
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00003281 return false;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003282}
3283
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003284// PowerPC-64
3285
3286namespace {
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003287/// PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 64-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information.
3288class PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003289public:
3290 enum ABIKind {
3291 ELFv1 = 0,
3292 ELFv2
3293 };
3294
3295private:
3296 static const unsigned GPRBits = 64;
3297 ABIKind Kind;
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003298
3299public:
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003300 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind)
3301 : DefaultABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {}
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003302
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003303 bool isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const;
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003304 bool isAlignedParamType(QualType Ty) const;
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003305
3306 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
3307 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
3308
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003309 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override;
3310 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
3311 uint64_t Members) const override;
3312
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003313 // TODO: We can add more logic to computeInfo to improve performance.
3314 // Example: For aggregate arguments that fit in a register, we could
3315 // use getDirectInReg (as is done below for structs containing a single
3316 // floating-point value) to avoid pushing them to memory on function
3317 // entry. This would require changing the logic in PPCISelLowering
3318 // when lowering the parameters in the caller and args in the callee.
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003319 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003320 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
3321 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003322 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003323 // We rely on the default argument classification for the most part.
3324 // One exception: An aggregate containing a single floating-point
Bill Schmidt179afae2013-07-23 22:15:57 +00003325 // or vector item must be passed in a register if one is available.
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003326 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(I.type, getContext());
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003327 if (T) {
3328 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00003329 if ((T->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(T) == 128) ||
3330 (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint())) {
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003331 QualType QT(T, 0);
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003332 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CGT.ConvertType(QT));
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003333 continue;
3334 }
3335 }
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003336 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003337 }
3338 }
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003339
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003340 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3341 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003342};
3343
3344class PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
3345public:
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003346 PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT,
3347 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
3348 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {}
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003349
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003350 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003351 // This is recovered from gcc output.
3352 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
3353 }
3354
3355 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003356 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Hal Finkel92e31a52014-10-03 17:45:20 +00003357
3358 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override {
3359 return 16; // Natural alignment for Altivec and VSX vectors.
3360 }
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003361};
3362
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003363class PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
3364public:
3365 PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
3366
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003367 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003368 // This is recovered from gcc output.
3369 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
3370 }
3371
3372 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003373 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Hal Finkel92e31a52014-10-03 17:45:20 +00003374
3375 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override {
3376 return 16; // Natural alignment for Altivec vectors.
3377 }
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003378};
3379
3380}
3381
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003382// Return true if the ABI requires Ty to be passed sign- or zero-
3383// extended to 64 bits.
3384bool
3385PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const {
3386 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
3387 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
3388 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3389
3390 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI.
3391 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
3392 return true;
3393
3394 // In addition to the usual promotable integer types, we also need to
3395 // extend all 32-bit types, since the ABI requires promotion to 64 bits.
3396 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
3397 switch (BT->getKind()) {
3398 case BuiltinType::Int:
3399 case BuiltinType::UInt:
3400 return true;
3401 default:
3402 break;
3403 }
3404
3405 return false;
3406}
3407
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003408/// isAlignedParamType - Determine whether a type requires 16-byte
3409/// alignment in the parameter area.
3410bool
3411PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isAlignedParamType(QualType Ty) const {
3412 // Complex types are passed just like their elements.
3413 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
3414 Ty = CTy->getElementType();
3415
3416 // Only vector types of size 16 bytes need alignment (larger types are
3417 // passed via reference, smaller types are not aligned).
3418 if (Ty->isVectorType())
3419 return getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 128;
3420
3421 // For single-element float/vector structs, we consider the whole type
3422 // to have the same alignment requirements as its single element.
3423 const Type *AlignAsType = nullptr;
3424 const Type *EltType = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext());
3425 if (EltType) {
3426 const BuiltinType *BT = EltType->getAs<BuiltinType>();
3427 if ((EltType->isVectorType() &&
3428 getContext().getTypeSize(EltType) == 128) ||
3429 (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint()))
3430 AlignAsType = EltType;
3431 }
3432
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003433 // Likewise for ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates.
3434 const Type *Base = nullptr;
3435 uint64_t Members = 0;
3436 if (!AlignAsType && Kind == ELFv2 &&
3437 isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members))
3438 AlignAsType = Base;
3439
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003440 // With special case aggregates, only vector base types need alignment.
3441 if (AlignAsType)
3442 return AlignAsType->isVectorType();
3443
3444 // Otherwise, we only need alignment for any aggregate type that
3445 // has an alignment requirement of >= 16 bytes.
3446 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) >= 128)
3447 return true;
3448
3449 return false;
3450}
3451
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003452/// isHomogeneousAggregate - Return true if a type is an ELFv2 homogeneous
3453/// aggregate. Base is set to the base element type, and Members is set
3454/// to the number of base elements.
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003455bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base,
3456 uint64_t &Members) const {
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003457 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
3458 uint64_t NElements = AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
3459 if (NElements == 0)
3460 return false;
3461 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(AT->getElementType(), Base, Members))
3462 return false;
3463 Members *= NElements;
3464 } else if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
3465 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
3466 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
3467 return false;
3468
3469 Members = 0;
Ulrich Weiganda094f042014-10-29 13:23:20 +00003470
3471 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
3472 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
3473 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
3474 // Ignore empty records.
3475 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), I.getType(), true))
3476 continue;
3477
3478 uint64_t FldMembers;
3479 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(I.getType(), Base, FldMembers))
3480 return false;
3481
3482 Members += FldMembers;
3483 }
3484 }
3485
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003486 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
3487 // Ignore (non-zero arrays of) empty records.
3488 QualType FT = FD->getType();
3489 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT =
3490 getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
3491 if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() == 0)
3492 return false;
3493 FT = AT->getElementType();
3494 }
3495 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), FT, true))
3496 continue;
3497
3498 // For compatibility with GCC, ignore empty bitfields in C++ mode.
3499 if (getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3500 FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0)
3501 continue;
3502
3503 uint64_t FldMembers;
3504 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(FD->getType(), Base, FldMembers))
3505 return false;
3506
3507 Members = (RD->isUnion() ?
3508 std::max(Members, FldMembers) : Members + FldMembers);
3509 }
3510
3511 if (!Base)
3512 return false;
3513
3514 // Ensure there is no padding.
3515 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) * Members !=
3516 getContext().getTypeSize(Ty))
3517 return false;
3518 } else {
3519 Members = 1;
3520 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3521 Members = 2;
3522 Ty = CT->getElementType();
3523 }
3524
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003525 // Most ABIs only support float, double, and some vector type widths.
3526 if (!isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(Ty))
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003527 return false;
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003528
3529 // The base type must be the same for all members. Types that
3530 // agree in both total size and mode (float vs. vector) are
3531 // treated as being equivalent here.
3532 const Type *TyPtr = Ty.getTypePtr();
3533 if (!Base)
3534 Base = TyPtr;
3535
3536 if (Base->isVectorType() != TyPtr->isVectorType() ||
3537 getContext().getTypeSize(Base) != getContext().getTypeSize(TyPtr))
3538 return false;
3539 }
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003540 return Members > 0 && isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(Base, Members);
3541}
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003542
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003543bool PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
3544 // Homogeneous aggregates for ELFv2 must have base types of float,
3545 // double, long double, or 128-bit vectors.
3546 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
3547 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
3548 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double ||
3549 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble)
3550 return true;
3551 }
3552 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
3553 if (getContext().getTypeSize(VT) == 128)
3554 return true;
3555 }
3556 return false;
3557}
3558
3559bool PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(
3560 const Type *Base, uint64_t Members) const {
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003561 // Vector types require one register, floating point types require one
3562 // or two registers depending on their size.
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003563 uint32_t NumRegs =
3564 Base->isVectorType() ? 1 : (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) + 63) / 64;
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003565
3566 // Homogeneous Aggregates may occupy at most 8 registers.
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003567 return Members * NumRegs <= 8;
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003568}
3569
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003570ABIArgInfo
3571PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +00003572 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
3573
Bill Schmidt90b22c92012-11-27 02:46:43 +00003574 if (Ty->isAnyComplexType())
3575 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3576
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00003577 // Non-Altivec vector types are passed in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes)
3578 // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes).
3579 if (Ty->isVectorType()) {
3580 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3581 if (Size > 128)
3582 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3583 else if (Size < 128) {
3584 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
3585 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3586 }
3587 }
3588
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003589 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00003590 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00003591 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003592
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003593 uint64_t ABIAlign = isAlignedParamType(Ty)? 16 : 8;
3594 uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003595
3596 // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are passed as array types.
3597 const Type *Base = nullptr;
3598 uint64_t Members = 0;
3599 if (Kind == ELFv2 &&
3600 isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
3601 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
3602 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members);
3603 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3604 }
3605
Ulrich Weigand601957f2014-07-21 00:56:36 +00003606 // If an aggregate may end up fully in registers, we do not
3607 // use the ByVal method, but pass the aggregate as array.
3608 // This is usually beneficial since we avoid forcing the
3609 // back-end to store the argument to memory.
3610 uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3611 if (Bits > 0 && Bits <= 8 * GPRBits) {
3612 llvm::Type *CoerceTy;
3613
3614 // Types up to 8 bytes are passed as integer type (which will be
3615 // properly aligned in the argument save area doubleword).
3616 if (Bits <= GPRBits)
3617 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
3618 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8));
3619 // Larger types are passed as arrays, with the base type selected
3620 // according to the required alignment in the save area.
3621 else {
3622 uint64_t RegBits = ABIAlign * 8;
3623 uint64_t NumRegs = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, RegBits) / RegBits;
3624 llvm::Type *RegTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), RegBits);
3625 CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(RegTy, NumRegs);
3626 }
3627
3628 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3629 }
3630
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003631 // All other aggregates are passed ByVal.
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003632 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(ABIAlign, /*ByVal=*/true,
3633 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign);
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003634 }
3635
3636 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(Ty) ?
3637 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3638}
3639
3640ABIArgInfo
3641PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
3642 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
3643 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3644
Bill Schmidta3d121c2012-12-17 04:20:17 +00003645 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
3646 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3647
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00003648 // Non-Altivec vector types are returned in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes)
3649 // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes).
3650 if (RetTy->isVectorType()) {
3651 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
3652 if (Size > 128)
3653 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
3654 else if (Size < 128) {
3655 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
3656 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3657 }
3658 }
3659
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003660 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
3661 // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are returned as array types.
3662 const Type *Base = nullptr;
3663 uint64_t Members = 0;
3664 if (Kind == ELFv2 &&
3665 isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) {
3666 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
3667 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members);
3668 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3669 }
3670
3671 // ELFv2 small aggregates are returned in up to two registers.
3672 uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
3673 if (Kind == ELFv2 && Bits <= 2 * GPRBits) {
3674 if (Bits == 0)
3675 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3676
3677 llvm::Type *CoerceTy;
3678 if (Bits > GPRBits) {
3679 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), GPRBits);
Reid Kleckneree7cf842014-12-01 22:02:27 +00003680 CoerceTy = llvm::StructType::get(CoerceTy, CoerceTy, nullptr);
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003681 } else
3682 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
3683 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8));
3684 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3685 }
3686
3687 // All other aggregates are returned indirectly.
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003688 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003689 }
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003690
3691 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(RetTy) ?
3692 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3693}
3694
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003695// Based on ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg, adjusted for 64-bit machine.
3696llvm::Value *PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
3697 QualType Ty,
3698 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3699 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
3700 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
3701
3702 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3703 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
3704 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
3705
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003706 // Handle types that require 16-byte alignment in the parameter save area.
3707 if (isAlignedParamType(Ty)) {
3708 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3709 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(15));
3710 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(-16));
3711 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align");
3712 }
3713
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00003714 // Update the va_list pointer. The pointer should be bumped by the
3715 // size of the object. We can trust getTypeSize() except for a complex
3716 // type whose base type is smaller than a doubleword. For these, the
3717 // size of the object is 16 bytes; see below for further explanation.
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003718 unsigned SizeInBytes = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00003719 QualType BaseTy;
3720 unsigned CplxBaseSize = 0;
3721
3722 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3723 BaseTy = CTy->getElementType();
3724 CplxBaseSize = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(BaseTy) / 8;
3725 if (CplxBaseSize < 8)
3726 SizeInBytes = 16;
3727 }
3728
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003729 unsigned Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(SizeInBytes, 8);
3730 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
3731 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset),
3732 "ap.next");
3733 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
3734
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00003735 // If we have a complex type and the base type is smaller than 8 bytes,
3736 // the ABI calls for the real and imaginary parts to be right-adjusted
3737 // in separate doublewords. However, Clang expects us to produce a
3738 // pointer to a structure with the two parts packed tightly. So generate
3739 // loads of the real and imaginary parts relative to the va_list pointer,
3740 // and store them to a temporary structure.
3741 if (CplxBaseSize && CplxBaseSize < 8) {
3742 llvm::Value *RealAddr = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3743 llvm::Value *ImagAddr = RealAddr;
Ulrich Weigandbebc55b2014-06-20 16:37:40 +00003744 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) {
3745 RealAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(RealAddr, Builder.getInt64(8 - CplxBaseSize));
3746 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(16 - CplxBaseSize));
3747 } else {
3748 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(8));
3749 }
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00003750 llvm::Type *PBaseTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(BaseTy));
3751 RealAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(RealAddr, PBaseTy);
3752 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(ImagAddr, PBaseTy);
3753 llvm::Value *Real = Builder.CreateLoad(RealAddr, false, ".vareal");
3754 llvm::Value *Imag = Builder.CreateLoad(ImagAddr, false, ".vaimag");
3755 llvm::Value *Ptr = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty),
3756 "vacplx");
3757 llvm::Value *RealPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr, 0, ".real");
3758 llvm::Value *ImagPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr, 1, ".imag");
3759 Builder.CreateStore(Real, RealPtr, false);
3760 Builder.CreateStore(Imag, ImagPtr, false);
3761 return Ptr;
3762 }
3763
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003764 // If the argument is smaller than 8 bytes, it is right-adjusted in
3765 // its doubleword slot. Adjust the pointer to pick it up from the
3766 // correct offset.
Ulrich Weigandbebc55b2014-06-20 16:37:40 +00003767 if (SizeInBytes < 8 && CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) {
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003768 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3769 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(8 - SizeInBytes));
3770 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP);
3771 }
3772
3773 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
3774 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
3775}
3776
3777static bool
3778PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3779 llvm::Value *Address) {
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003780 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
3781 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
3782
3783 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3784
3785 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
3786 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
3787 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
3788 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16);
3789
3790 // 0-31: r0-31, the 8-byte general-purpose registers
3791 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31);
3792
3793 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers
3794 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63);
3795
3796 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers:
3797 // 64: mq
3798 // 65: lr
3799 // 66: ctr
3800 // 67: ap
3801 // 68-75 cr0-7
3802 // 76: xer
3803 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76);
3804
3805 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers
3806 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108);
3807
3808 // 109: vrsave
3809 // 110: vscr
3810 // 111: spe_acc
3811 // 112: spefscr
3812 // 113: sfp
3813 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113);
3814
3815 return false;
3816}
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003817
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003818bool
3819PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(
3820 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3821 llvm::Value *Address) const {
3822
3823 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address);
3824}
3825
3826bool
3827PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3828 llvm::Value *Address) const {
3829
3830 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address);
3831}
3832
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00003833//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003834// AArch64 ABI Implementation
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003835//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3836
3837namespace {
3838
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003839class AArch64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003840public:
3841 enum ABIKind {
3842 AAPCS = 0,
3843 DarwinPCS
3844 };
3845
3846private:
3847 ABIKind Kind;
3848
3849public:
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003850 AArch64ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {}
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003851
3852private:
3853 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; }
3854 bool isDarwinPCS() const { return Kind == DarwinPCS; }
3855
3856 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00003857 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003858 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override;
3859 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
3860 uint64_t Members) const override;
3861
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003862 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
3863
David Blaikie1cbb9712014-11-14 19:09:44 +00003864 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003865 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
3866 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Tim Northover5ffc0922014-04-17 10:20:38 +00003867
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00003868 for (auto &it : FI.arguments())
3869 it.info = classifyArgumentType(it.type);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003870 }
3871
3872 llvm::Value *EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3873 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const;
3874
3875 llvm::Value *EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3876 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const;
3877
3878 virtual llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
NAKAMURA Takumi8c894962014-11-01 01:32:27 +00003879 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003880 return isDarwinPCS() ? EmitDarwinVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF)
3881 : EmitAAPCSVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
3882 }
3883};
3884
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003885class AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003886public:
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003887 AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
3888 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new AArch64ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {}
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003889
3890 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const {
3891 return "mov\tfp, fp\t\t; marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue";
3892 }
3893
3894 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { return 31; }
3895
3896 virtual bool doesReturnSlotInterfereWithArgs() const { return false; }
3897};
3898}
3899
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00003900ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +00003901 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
3902
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003903 // Handle illegal vector types here.
3904 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
3905 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3906 if (Size <= 32) {
3907 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003908 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3909 }
3910 if (Size == 64) {
3911 llvm::Type *ResType =
3912 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003913 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3914 }
3915 if (Size == 128) {
3916 llvm::Type *ResType =
3917 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003918 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3919 }
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003920 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3921 }
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003922
3923 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
3924 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
3925 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
3926 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3927
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003928 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS()
3929 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
3930 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3931 }
3932
3933 // Structures with either a non-trivial destructor or a non-trivial
3934 // copy constructor are always indirect.
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003935 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003936 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/RAA ==
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00003937 CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003938 }
3939
3940 // Empty records are always ignored on Darwin, but actually passed in C++ mode
3941 // elsewhere for GNU compatibility.
3942 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
3943 if (!getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isDarwinPCS())
3944 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3945
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003946 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
3947 }
3948
3949 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) need to be expanded.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003950 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003951 uint64_t Members = 0;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003952 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00003953 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(
3954 llvm::ArrayType::get(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)), Members));
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003955 }
3956
3957 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are passed directly in registers or on the stack.
3958 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3959 if (Size <= 128) {
Tim Northoverc801b4a2014-04-15 14:55:11 +00003960 unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003961 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00003962
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003963 // We use a pair of i64 for 16-byte aggregate with 8-byte alignment.
3964 // For aggregates with 16-byte alignment, we use i128.
Tim Northoverc801b4a2014-04-15 14:55:11 +00003965 if (Alignment < 128 && Size == 128) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003966 llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
3967 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64));
3968 }
3969 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
3970 }
3971
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003972 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3973}
3974
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003975ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003976 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
3977 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3978
3979 // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
3980 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128)
3981 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
3982
3983 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
3984 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
3985 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
3986 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3987
Tim Northover4dab6982014-04-18 13:46:08 +00003988 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS()
3989 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
3990 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003991 }
3992
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003993 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
3994 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3995
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003996 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003997 uint64_t Members = 0;
3998 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members))
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003999 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) are returned directly.
4000 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
4001
4002 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are returned directly in registers or on the stack.
4003 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
4004 if (Size <= 128) {
4005 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes
4006 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
4007 }
4008
4009 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
4010}
4011
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00004012/// isIllegalVectorType - check whether the vector type is legal for AArch64.
4013bool AArch64ABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004014 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4015 // Check whether VT is legal.
4016 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
4017 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4018 // NumElements should be power of 2 between 1 and 16.
4019 if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0 || NumElements > 16)
4020 return true;
4021 return Size != 64 && (Size != 128 || NumElements == 1);
4022 }
4023 return false;
4024}
4025
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004026bool AArch64ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
4027 // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS64 must have base types of a floating
4028 // point type or a short-vector type. This is the same as the 32-bit ABI,
4029 // but with the difference that any floating-point type is allowed,
4030 // including __fp16.
4031 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
4032 if (BT->isFloatingPoint())
4033 return true;
4034 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4035 unsigned VecSize = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4036 if (VecSize == 64 || VecSize == 128)
4037 return true;
4038 }
4039 return false;
4040}
4041
4042bool AArch64ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base,
4043 uint64_t Members) const {
4044 return Members <= 4;
4045}
4046
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004047llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
4048 QualType Ty,
4049 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
4050 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004051 bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect();
4052
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004053 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(Ty);
4054 if (IsIndirect)
4055 BaseTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BaseTy);
4056 else if (AI.getCoerceToType())
4057 BaseTy = AI.getCoerceToType();
4058
4059 unsigned NumRegs = 1;
4060 if (llvm::ArrayType *ArrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(BaseTy)) {
4061 BaseTy = ArrTy->getElementType();
4062 NumRegs = ArrTy->getNumElements();
4063 }
4064 bool IsFPR = BaseTy->isFloatingPointTy() || BaseTy->isVectorTy();
4065
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004066 // The AArch64 va_list type and handling is specified in the Procedure Call
4067 // Standard, section B.4:
4068 //
4069 // struct {
4070 // void *__stack;
4071 // void *__gr_top;
4072 // void *__vr_top;
4073 // int __gr_offs;
4074 // int __vr_offs;
4075 // };
4076
4077 llvm::BasicBlock *MaybeRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.maybe_reg");
4078 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
4079 llvm::BasicBlock *OnStackBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.on_stack");
4080 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
4081 auto &Ctx = CGF.getContext();
4082
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004083 llvm::Value *reg_offs_p = nullptr, *reg_offs = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004084 int reg_top_index;
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004085 int RegSize = IsIndirect ? 8 : getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4086 if (!IsFPR) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004087 // 3 is the field number of __gr_offs
4088 reg_offs_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, "gr_offs_p");
4089 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "gr_offs");
4090 reg_top_index = 1; // field number for __gr_top
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004091 RegSize = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(RegSize, 8);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004092 } else {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004093 // 4 is the field number of __vr_offs.
4094 reg_offs_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 4, "vr_offs_p");
4095 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "vr_offs");
4096 reg_top_index = 2; // field number for __vr_top
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004097 RegSize = 16 * NumRegs;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004098 }
4099
4100 //=======================================
4101 // Find out where argument was passed
4102 //=======================================
4103
4104 // If reg_offs >= 0 we're already using the stack for this type of
4105 // argument. We don't want to keep updating reg_offs (in case it overflows,
4106 // though anyone passing 2GB of arguments, each at most 16 bytes, deserves
4107 // whatever they get).
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004108 llvm::Value *UsingStack = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004109 UsingStack = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSGE(
4110 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0));
4111
4112 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(UsingStack, OnStackBlock, MaybeRegBlock);
4113
4114 // Otherwise, at least some kind of argument could go in these registers, the
Bob Wilson3abf1692014-04-21 01:23:36 +00004115 // question is whether this particular type is too big.
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004116 CGF.EmitBlock(MaybeRegBlock);
4117
4118 // Integer arguments may need to correct register alignment (for example a
4119 // "struct { __int128 a; };" gets passed in x_2N, x_{2N+1}). In this case we
4120 // align __gr_offs to calculate the potential address.
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004121 if (!IsFPR && !IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004122 int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4123
4124 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4125 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1),
4126 "align_regoffs");
4127 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(
4128 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align),
4129 "aligned_regoffs");
4130 }
4131
4132 // Update the gr_offs/vr_offs pointer for next call to va_arg on this va_list.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004133 llvm::Value *NewOffset = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004134 NewOffset = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4135 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, RegSize), "new_reg_offs");
4136 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOffset, reg_offs_p);
4137
4138 // Now we're in a position to decide whether this argument really was in
4139 // registers or not.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004140 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004141 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSLE(
4142 NewOffset, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0), "inreg");
4143
4144 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, OnStackBlock);
4145
4146 //=======================================
4147 // Argument was in registers
4148 //=======================================
4149
4150 // Now we emit the code for if the argument was originally passed in
4151 // registers. First start the appropriate block:
4152 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
4153
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004154 llvm::Value *reg_top_p = nullptr, *reg_top = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004155 reg_top_p =
4156 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, reg_top_index, "reg_top_p");
4157 reg_top = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_top_p, "reg_top");
4158 llvm::Value *BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(reg_top, reg_offs);
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004159 llvm::Value *RegAddr = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004160 llvm::Type *MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty));
4161
4162 if (IsIndirect) {
4163 // If it's been passed indirectly (actually a struct), whatever we find from
4164 // stored registers or on the stack will actually be a struct **.
4165 MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(MemTy);
4166 }
4167
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004168 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004169 uint64_t NumMembers = 0;
4170 bool IsHFA = isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumMembers);
James Molloy467be602014-05-07 14:45:55 +00004171 if (IsHFA && NumMembers > 1) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004172 // Homogeneous aggregates passed in registers will have their elements split
4173 // and stored 16-bytes apart regardless of size (they're notionally in qN,
4174 // qN+1, ...). We reload and store into a temporary local variable
4175 // contiguously.
4176 assert(!IsIndirect && "Homogeneous aggregates should be passed directly");
4177 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
4178 llvm::Type *HFATy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, NumMembers);
4179 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(HFATy);
4180 int Offset = 0;
4181
4182 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) < 128)
4183 Offset = 16 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) / 8;
4184 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumMembers; ++i) {
4185 llvm::Value *BaseOffset =
4186 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 16 * i + Offset);
4187 llvm::Value *LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(BaseAddr, BaseOffset);
4188 LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(
4189 LoadAddr, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BaseTy));
4190 llvm::Value *StoreAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, i);
4191
4192 llvm::Value *Elem = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(LoadAddr);
4193 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(Elem, StoreAddr);
4194 }
4195
4196 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, MemTy);
4197 } else {
4198 // Otherwise the object is contiguous in memory
4199 unsigned BeAlign = reg_top_index == 2 ? 16 : 8;
James Molloy467be602014-05-07 14:45:55 +00004200 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() &&
4201 (IsHFA || !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) &&
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004202 Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < (BeAlign * 8)) {
4203 int Offset = BeAlign - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4204 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(BaseAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
4205
4206 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4207 BaseAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be");
4208
4209 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(BaseAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
4210 }
4211
4212 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(BaseAddr, MemTy);
4213 }
4214
4215 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
4216
4217 //=======================================
4218 // Argument was on the stack
4219 //=======================================
4220 CGF.EmitBlock(OnStackBlock);
4221
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004222 llvm::Value *stack_p = nullptr, *OnStackAddr = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004223 stack_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, "stack_p");
4224 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(stack_p, "stack");
4225
4226 // Again, stack arguments may need realigmnent. In this case both integer and
4227 // floating-point ones might be affected.
4228 if (!IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) {
4229 int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4230
4231 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
4232
4233 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4234 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1),
4235 "align_stack");
4236 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(
4237 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -Align),
4238 "align_stack");
4239
4240 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
4241 }
4242
4243 uint64_t StackSize;
4244 if (IsIndirect)
4245 StackSize = 8;
4246 else
4247 StackSize = Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4248
4249 // All stack slots are 8 bytes
4250 StackSize = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackSize, 8);
4251
4252 llvm::Value *StackSizeC = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, StackSize);
4253 llvm::Value *NewStack =
4254 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OnStackAddr, StackSizeC, "new_stack");
4255
4256 // Write the new value of __stack for the next call to va_arg
4257 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewStack, stack_p);
4258
4259 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) &&
4260 Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < 64) {
4261 int Offset = 8 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4262 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
4263
4264 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4265 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be");
4266
4267 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
4268 }
4269
4270 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(OnStackAddr, MemTy);
4271
4272 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
4273
4274 //=======================================
4275 // Tidy up
4276 //=======================================
4277 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
4278
4279 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(MemTy, 2, "vaarg.addr");
4280 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
4281 ResAddr->addIncoming(OnStackAddr, OnStackBlock);
4282
4283 if (IsIndirect)
4284 return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "vaarg.addr");
4285
4286 return ResAddr;
4287}
4288
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00004289llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004290 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
4291 // We do not support va_arg for aggregates or illegal vector types.
4292 // Lower VAArg here for these cases and use the LLVM va_arg instruction for
4293 // other cases.
4294 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !isIllegalVectorType(Ty))
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004295 return nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004296
4297 uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4298 uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4299
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004300 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004301 uint64_t Members = 0;
4302 bool isHA = isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004303
4304 bool isIndirect = false;
4305 // Arguments bigger than 16 bytes which aren't homogeneous aggregates should
4306 // be passed indirectly.
4307 if (Size > 16 && !isHA) {
4308 isIndirect = true;
4309 Size = 8;
4310 Align = 8;
4311 }
4312
4313 llvm::Type *BP = llvm::Type::getInt8PtrTy(CGF.getLLVMContext());
4314 llvm::Type *BPP = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BP);
4315
4316 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
4317 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
4318 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
4319
4320 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
4321 // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes.
4322 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4323 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
4324 }
4325
4326 const uint64_t MinABIAlign = 8;
4327 if (Align > MinABIAlign) {
4328 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1);
4329 Addr = Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset);
4330 llvm::Value *AsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
4331 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, ~(Align - 1));
4332 llvm::Value *Aligned = Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask);
4333 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(Aligned, BP, "ap.align");
4334 }
4335
4336 uint64_t Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, MinABIAlign);
4337 llvm::Value *NextAddr = Builder.CreateGEP(
4338 Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), "ap.next");
4339 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
4340
4341 if (isIndirect)
4342 Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP));
4343 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4344 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
4345
4346 return AddrTyped;
4347}
4348
4349//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00004350// ARM ABI Implementation
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00004351//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00004352
4353namespace {
4354
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004355class ARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004356public:
4357 enum ABIKind {
4358 APCS = 0,
4359 AAPCS = 1,
4360 AAPCS_VFP
4361 };
4362
4363private:
4364 ABIKind Kind;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004365 mutable int VFPRegs[16];
4366 const unsigned NumVFPs;
4367 const unsigned NumGPRs;
4368 mutable unsigned AllocatedGPRs;
4369 mutable unsigned AllocatedVFPs;
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004370
4371public:
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004372 ARMABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind _Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(_Kind),
4373 NumVFPs(16), NumGPRs(4) {
Anton Korobeynikovd90dd792014-12-02 16:04:58 +00004374 setCCs();
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004375 resetAllocatedRegs();
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004376 }
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004377
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004378 bool isEABI() const {
Joerg Sonnenberger782e6aa2013-12-12 21:29:27 +00004379 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) {
4380 case llvm::Triple::Android:
4381 case llvm::Triple::EABI:
Joerg Sonnenbergerd75a1f82013-12-16 19:16:04 +00004382 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF:
Joerg Sonnenberger782e6aa2013-12-12 21:29:27 +00004383 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABI:
Joerg Sonnenberger0c1652d2013-12-16 18:30:28 +00004384 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF:
Joerg Sonnenberger782e6aa2013-12-12 21:29:27 +00004385 return true;
4386 default:
4387 return false;
4388 }
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004389 }
4390
Joerg Sonnenbergerd75a1f82013-12-16 19:16:04 +00004391 bool isEABIHF() const {
4392 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) {
4393 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF:
4394 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF:
4395 return true;
4396 default:
4397 return false;
4398 }
4399 }
4400
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004401 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; }
4402
Tim Northovera484bc02013-10-01 14:34:25 +00004403private:
Amara Emerson9dc78782014-01-28 10:56:36 +00004404 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic) const;
James Molloy6f244b62014-05-09 16:21:39 +00004405 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic,
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004406 bool &IsCPRC) const;
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004407 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004408
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004409 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override;
4410 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
4411 uint64_t Members) const override;
4412
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004413 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004414
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004415 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4416 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004417
4418 llvm::CallingConv::ID getLLVMDefaultCC() const;
4419 llvm::CallingConv::ID getABIDefaultCC() const;
Anton Korobeynikovd90dd792014-12-02 16:04:58 +00004420 void setCCs();
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004421
4422 void markAllocatedGPRs(unsigned Alignment, unsigned NumRequired) const;
4423 void markAllocatedVFPs(unsigned Alignment, unsigned NumRequired) const;
4424 void resetAllocatedRegs(void) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004425};
4426
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00004427class ARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
4428public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00004429 ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind K)
4430 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new ARMABIInfo(CGT, K)) {}
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00004431
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004432 const ARMABIInfo &getABIInfo() const {
4433 return static_cast<const ARMABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo());
4434 }
4435
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004436 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00004437 return 13;
4438 }
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004439
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004440 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const override {
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004441 return "mov\tr7, r7\t\t@ marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue";
4442 }
4443
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004444 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004445 llvm::Value *Address) const override {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00004446 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004447
4448 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00004449 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 15);
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004450 return false;
4451 }
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004452
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004453 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override {
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004454 if (getABIInfo().isEABI()) return 88;
4455 return TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException();
4456 }
Tim Northovera484bc02013-10-01 14:34:25 +00004457
4458 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004459 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Tim Northovera484bc02013-10-01 14:34:25 +00004460 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
4461 if (!FD)
4462 return;
4463
4464 const ARMInterruptAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ARMInterruptAttr>();
4465 if (!Attr)
4466 return;
4467
4468 const char *Kind;
4469 switch (Attr->getInterrupt()) {
4470 case ARMInterruptAttr::Generic: Kind = ""; break;
4471 case ARMInterruptAttr::IRQ: Kind = "IRQ"; break;
4472 case ARMInterruptAttr::FIQ: Kind = "FIQ"; break;
4473 case ARMInterruptAttr::SWI: Kind = "SWI"; break;
4474 case ARMInterruptAttr::ABORT: Kind = "ABORT"; break;
4475 case ARMInterruptAttr::UNDEF: Kind = "UNDEF"; break;
4476 }
4477
4478 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
4479
4480 Fn->addFnAttr("interrupt", Kind);
4481
4482 if (cast<ARMABIInfo>(getABIInfo()).getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::APCS)
4483 return;
4484
4485 // AAPCS guarantees that sp will be 8-byte aligned on any public interface,
4486 // however this is not necessarily true on taking any interrupt. Instruct
4487 // the backend to perform a realignment as part of the function prologue.
4488 llvm::AttrBuilder B;
4489 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(8);
4490 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
4491 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(),
4492 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
4493 B));
4494 }
4495
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00004496};
4497
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00004498}
4499
Chris Lattner22326a12010-07-29 02:31:05 +00004500void ARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004501 // To correctly handle Homogeneous Aggregate, we need to keep track of the
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004502 // VFP registers allocated so far.
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004503 // C.1.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC and there are sufficient consecutive
4504 // VFP registers of the appropriate type unallocated then the argument is
4505 // allocated to the lowest-numbered sequence of such registers.
4506 // C.2.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC then any VFP registers that are
4507 // unallocated are marked as unavailable.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004508 resetAllocatedRegs();
4509
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00004510 if (getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) {
4511 if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect())
4512 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
4513 } else {
4514 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), FI.isVariadic());
4515 }
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00004516 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004517 unsigned PreAllocationVFPs = AllocatedVFPs;
4518 unsigned PreAllocationGPRs = AllocatedGPRs;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004519 bool IsCPRC = false;
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004520 // 6.1.2.3 There is one VFP co-processor register class using registers
4521 // s0-s15 (d0-d7) for passing arguments.
James Molloy6f244b62014-05-09 16:21:39 +00004522 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, FI.isVariadic(), IsCPRC);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004523
4524 // If we have allocated some arguments onto the stack (due to running
4525 // out of VFP registers), we cannot split an argument between GPRs and
4526 // the stack. If this situation occurs, we add padding to prevent the
Oliver Stannarda3afc692014-05-19 13:10:05 +00004527 // GPRs from being used. In this situation, the current argument could
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004528 // only be allocated by rule C.8, so rule C.6 would mark these GPRs as
4529 // unusable anyway.
Oliver Stannarde0228512014-07-18 09:09:31 +00004530 // We do not have to do this if the argument is being passed ByVal, as the
4531 // backend can handle that situation correctly.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004532 const bool StackUsed = PreAllocationGPRs > NumGPRs || PreAllocationVFPs > NumVFPs;
Oliver Stannarde0228512014-07-18 09:09:31 +00004533 const bool IsByVal = I.info.isIndirect() && I.info.getIndirectByVal();
4534 if (!IsCPRC && PreAllocationGPRs < NumGPRs && AllocatedGPRs > NumGPRs &&
4535 StackUsed && !IsByVal) {
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004536 llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(
4537 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), NumGPRs - PreAllocationGPRs);
Oliver Stannarda3afc692014-05-19 13:10:05 +00004538 if (I.info.canHaveCoerceToType()) {
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004539 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(I.info.getCoerceToType() /* type */,
4540 0 /* offset */, PaddingTy, true);
Oliver Stannarda3afc692014-05-19 13:10:05 +00004541 } else {
4542 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr /* type */, 0 /* offset */,
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004543 PaddingTy, true);
Oliver Stannarda3afc692014-05-19 13:10:05 +00004544 }
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004545 }
4546 }
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004547
Anton Korobeynikov231e8752011-04-14 20:06:49 +00004548 // Always honor user-specified calling convention.
4549 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C)
4550 return;
4551
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004552 llvm::CallingConv::ID cc = getRuntimeCC();
4553 if (cc != llvm::CallingConv::C)
4554 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(cc);
4555}
Rafael Espindolaa92c4422010-06-16 16:13:39 +00004556
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004557/// Return the default calling convention that LLVM will use.
4558llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getLLVMDefaultCC() const {
4559 // The default calling convention that LLVM will infer.
Joerg Sonnenbergerd75a1f82013-12-16 19:16:04 +00004560 if (isEABIHF())
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004561 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP;
4562 else if (isEABI())
4563 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS;
4564 else
4565 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS;
4566}
4567
4568/// Return the calling convention that our ABI would like us to use
4569/// as the C calling convention.
4570llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getABIDefaultCC() const {
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004571 switch (getABIKind()) {
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004572 case APCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS;
4573 case AAPCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS;
4574 case AAPCS_VFP: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP;
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004575 }
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004576 llvm_unreachable("bad ABI kind");
4577}
4578
Anton Korobeynikovd90dd792014-12-02 16:04:58 +00004579void ARMABIInfo::setCCs() {
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004580 assert(getRuntimeCC() == llvm::CallingConv::C);
4581
4582 // Don't muddy up the IR with a ton of explicit annotations if
4583 // they'd just match what LLVM will infer from the triple.
4584 llvm::CallingConv::ID abiCC = getABIDefaultCC();
4585 if (abiCC != getLLVMDefaultCC())
4586 RuntimeCC = abiCC;
Anton Korobeynikovd90dd792014-12-02 16:04:58 +00004587
4588 BuiltinCC = (getABIKind() == APCS ?
4589 llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS : llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004590}
4591
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004592/// markAllocatedVFPs - update VFPRegs according to the alignment and
4593/// number of VFP registers (unit is S register) requested.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004594void ARMABIInfo::markAllocatedVFPs(unsigned Alignment,
4595 unsigned NumRequired) const {
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004596 // Early Exit.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004597 if (AllocatedVFPs >= 16) {
4598 // We use AllocatedVFP > 16 to signal that some CPRCs were allocated on
4599 // the stack.
4600 AllocatedVFPs = 17;
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004601 return;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004602 }
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004603 // C.1.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC and there are sufficient consecutive
4604 // VFP registers of the appropriate type unallocated then the argument is
4605 // allocated to the lowest-numbered sequence of such registers.
4606 for (unsigned I = 0; I < 16; I += Alignment) {
4607 bool FoundSlot = true;
4608 for (unsigned J = I, JEnd = I + NumRequired; J < JEnd; J++)
4609 if (J >= 16 || VFPRegs[J]) {
4610 FoundSlot = false;
4611 break;
4612 }
4613 if (FoundSlot) {
4614 for (unsigned J = I, JEnd = I + NumRequired; J < JEnd; J++)
4615 VFPRegs[J] = 1;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004616 AllocatedVFPs += NumRequired;
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004617 return;
4618 }
4619 }
4620 // C.2.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC then any VFP registers that are
4621 // unallocated are marked as unavailable.
4622 for (unsigned I = 0; I < 16; I++)
4623 VFPRegs[I] = 1;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004624 AllocatedVFPs = 17; // We do not have enough VFP registers.
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004625}
4626
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004627/// Update AllocatedGPRs to record the number of general purpose registers
4628/// which have been allocated. It is valid for AllocatedGPRs to go above 4,
4629/// this represents arguments being stored on the stack.
4630void ARMABIInfo::markAllocatedGPRs(unsigned Alignment,
Oliver Stannard3f32b9b2014-06-27 13:59:27 +00004631 unsigned NumRequired) const {
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004632 assert((Alignment == 1 || Alignment == 2) && "Alignment must be 4 or 8 bytes");
4633
4634 if (Alignment == 2 && AllocatedGPRs & 0x1)
4635 AllocatedGPRs += 1;
4636
4637 AllocatedGPRs += NumRequired;
4638}
4639
4640void ARMABIInfo::resetAllocatedRegs(void) const {
4641 AllocatedGPRs = 0;
4642 AllocatedVFPs = 0;
4643 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumVFPs; ++i)
4644 VFPRegs[i] = 0;
4645}
4646
James Molloy6f244b62014-05-09 16:21:39 +00004647ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, bool isVariadic,
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004648 bool &IsCPRC) const {
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004649 // We update number of allocated VFPs according to
4650 // 6.1.2.1 The following argument types are VFP CPRCs:
4651 // A single-precision floating-point type (including promoted
4652 // half-precision types); A double-precision floating-point type;
4653 // A 64-bit or 128-bit containerized vector type; Homogeneous Aggregate
4654 // with a Base Type of a single- or double-precision floating-point type,
4655 // 64-bit containerized vectors or 128-bit containerized vectors with one
4656 // to four Elements.
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004657 bool IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP = getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic;
Oliver Stannard2bfdc5b2014-08-27 10:43:15 +00004658
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +00004659 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
4660
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004661 // Handle illegal vector types here.
4662 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
4663 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4664 if (Size <= 32) {
4665 llvm::Type *ResType =
4666 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004667 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004668 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004669 }
4670 if (Size == 64) {
4671 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get(
4672 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004673 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS || isVariadic){
4674 markAllocatedGPRs(2, 2);
4675 } else {
4676 markAllocatedVFPs(2, 2);
4677 IsCPRC = true;
4678 }
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004679 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004680 }
4681 if (Size == 128) {
4682 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get(
4683 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004684 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS || isVariadic) {
4685 markAllocatedGPRs(2, 4);
4686 } else {
4687 markAllocatedVFPs(4, 4);
4688 IsCPRC = true;
4689 }
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004690 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004691 }
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004692 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004693 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
4694 }
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004695 // Update VFPRegs for legal vector types.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004696 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) {
4697 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4698 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4699 // Size of a legal vector should be power of 2 and above 64.
4700 markAllocatedVFPs(Size >= 128 ? 4 : 2, Size / 32);
4701 IsCPRC = true;
4702 }
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004703 }
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004704 // Update VFPRegs for floating point types.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004705 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) {
4706 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
4707 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half ||
4708 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float) {
4709 markAllocatedVFPs(1, 1);
4710 IsCPRC = true;
4711 }
4712 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double ||
4713 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble) {
4714 markAllocatedVFPs(2, 2);
4715 IsCPRC = true;
4716 }
4717 }
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004718 }
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004719
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +00004720 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004721 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004722 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004723 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004724 }
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004725
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004726 unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4727 if (!IsCPRC)
4728 markAllocatedGPRs(Size > 32 ? 2 : 1, (Size + 31) / 32);
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004729 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
4730 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004731 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004732
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004733 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
4734 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Tim Northover1060eae2013-06-21 22:49:34 +00004735 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004736 }
Tim Northover1060eae2013-06-21 22:49:34 +00004737
Daniel Dunbar09d33622009-09-14 21:54:03 +00004738 // Ignore empty records.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004739 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
Daniel Dunbar09d33622009-09-14 21:54:03 +00004740 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4741
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004742 if (IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP) {
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004743 // Homogeneous Aggregates need to be expanded when we can fit the aggregate
4744 // into VFP registers.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004745 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004746 uint64_t Members = 0;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004747 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004748 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate");
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004749 // Base can be a floating-point or a vector.
4750 if (Base->isVectorType()) {
4751 // ElementSize is in number of floats.
4752 unsigned ElementSize = getContext().getTypeSize(Base) == 64 ? 2 : 4;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004753 markAllocatedVFPs(ElementSize,
Manman Ren77b02382012-11-06 19:05:29 +00004754 Members * ElementSize);
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004755 } else if (Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float))
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004756 markAllocatedVFPs(1, Members);
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004757 else {
4758 assert(Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
4759 Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble));
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004760 markAllocatedVFPs(2, Members * 2);
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004761 }
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004762 IsCPRC = true;
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004763 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, false);
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004764 }
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004765 }
4766
Manman Ren6c30e132012-08-13 21:23:55 +00004767 // Support byval for ARM.
Manman Ren77b02382012-11-06 19:05:29 +00004768 // The ABI alignment for APCS is 4-byte and for AAPCS at least 4-byte and at
4769 // most 8-byte. We realign the indirect argument if type alignment is bigger
4770 // than ABI alignment.
Manman Ren505d68f2012-11-05 22:42:46 +00004771 uint64_t ABIAlign = 4;
4772 uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4773 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP ||
4774 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS)
4775 ABIAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8);
Manman Ren8cd99812012-11-06 04:58:01 +00004776 if (getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty) > CharUnits::fromQuantity(64)) {
Oliver Stannard3f32b9b2014-06-27 13:59:27 +00004777 // Update Allocated GPRs. Since this is only used when the size of the
4778 // argument is greater than 64 bytes, this will always use up any available
4779 // registers (of which there are 4). We also don't care about getting the
4780 // alignment right, because general-purpose registers cannot be back-filled.
4781 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 4);
Oliver Stannard7c3c09e2014-03-12 14:02:50 +00004782 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(TyAlign, /*ByVal=*/true,
Manman Ren77b02382012-11-06 19:05:29 +00004783 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign);
Eli Friedmane66abda2012-08-09 00:31:40 +00004784 }
4785
Daniel Dunbarb34b0802010-09-23 01:54:28 +00004786 // Otherwise, pass by coercing to a structure of the appropriate size.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00004787 llvm::Type* ElemTy;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004788 unsigned SizeRegs;
Eli Friedmane66abda2012-08-09 00:31:40 +00004789 // FIXME: Try to match the types of the arguments more accurately where
4790 // we can.
4791 if (getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) <= 32) {
Bob Wilson8e2b75d2011-08-01 23:39:04 +00004792 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
4793 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004794 markAllocatedGPRs(1, SizeRegs);
Manman Ren6fdb1582012-06-25 22:04:00 +00004795 } else {
Manman Ren6fdb1582012-06-25 22:04:00 +00004796 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
4797 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 63) / 64;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004798 markAllocatedGPRs(2, SizeRegs * 2);
Stuart Hastingsf2752a32011-04-27 17:24:02 +00004799 }
Stuart Hastings4b214952011-04-28 18:16:06 +00004800
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004801 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(ElemTy, SizeRegs));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004802}
4803
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004804static bool isIntegerLikeType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context,
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004805 llvm::LLVMContext &VMContext) {
4806 // APCS, C Language Calling Conventions, Non-Simple Return Values: A structure
4807 // is called integer-like if its size is less than or equal to one word, and
4808 // the offset of each of its addressable sub-fields is zero.
4809
4810 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
4811
4812 // Check that the type fits in a word.
4813 if (Size > 32)
4814 return false;
4815
4816 // FIXME: Handle vector types!
4817 if (Ty->isVectorType())
4818 return false;
4819
Daniel Dunbard53bac72009-09-14 02:20:34 +00004820 // Float types are never treated as "integer like".
4821 if (Ty->isRealFloatingType())
4822 return false;
4823
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004824 // If this is a builtin or pointer type then it is ok.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004825 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->isPointerType())
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004826 return true;
4827
Daniel Dunbar96ebba52010-02-01 23:31:26 +00004828 // Small complex integer types are "integer like".
4829 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
4830 return isIntegerLikeType(CT->getElementType(), Context, VMContext);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004831
4832 // Single element and zero sized arrays should be allowed, by the definition
4833 // above, but they are not.
4834
4835 // Otherwise, it must be a record type.
4836 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
4837 if (!RT) return false;
4838
4839 // Ignore records with flexible arrays.
4840 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
4841 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
4842 return false;
4843
4844 // Check that all sub-fields are at offset 0, and are themselves "integer
4845 // like".
4846 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
4847
4848 bool HadField = false;
4849 unsigned idx = 0;
4850 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
4851 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
David Blaikie40ed2972012-06-06 20:45:41 +00004852 const FieldDecl *FD = *i;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004853
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004854 // Bit-fields are not addressable, we only need to verify they are "integer
4855 // like". We still have to disallow a subsequent non-bitfield, for example:
4856 // struct { int : 0; int x }
4857 // is non-integer like according to gcc.
4858 if (FD->isBitField()) {
4859 if (!RD->isUnion())
4860 HadField = true;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004861
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004862 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext))
4863 return false;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004864
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004865 continue;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004866 }
4867
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004868 // Check if this field is at offset 0.
4869 if (Layout.getFieldOffset(idx) != 0)
4870 return false;
4871
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004872 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext))
4873 return false;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00004874
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004875 // Only allow at most one field in a structure. This doesn't match the
4876 // wording above, but follows gcc in situations with a field following an
4877 // empty structure.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004878 if (!RD->isUnion()) {
4879 if (HadField)
4880 return false;
4881
4882 HadField = true;
4883 }
4884 }
4885
4886 return true;
4887}
4888
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004889ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy,
4890 bool isVariadic) const {
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004891 bool IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP = getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic;
Oliver Stannard2bfdc5b2014-08-27 10:43:15 +00004892
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004893 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004894 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004895
Daniel Dunbar19964db2010-09-23 01:54:32 +00004896 // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004897 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128) {
4898 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Daniel Dunbar19964db2010-09-23 01:54:32 +00004899 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004900 }
Daniel Dunbar19964db2010-09-23 01:54:32 +00004901
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +00004902 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004903 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4904 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
4905 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
4906
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004907 return RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
4908 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004909 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004910
4911 // Are we following APCS?
4912 if (getABIKind() == APCS) {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004913 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, false))
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004914 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4915
Daniel Dunbareedf1512010-02-01 23:31:19 +00004916 // Complex types are all returned as packed integers.
4917 //
4918 // FIXME: Consider using 2 x vector types if the back end handles them
4919 // correctly.
4920 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
Oliver Stannard2bfdc5b2014-08-27 10:43:15 +00004921 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(
4922 getVMContext(), getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy)));
Daniel Dunbareedf1512010-02-01 23:31:19 +00004923
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004924 // Integer like structures are returned in r0.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004925 if (isIntegerLikeType(RetTy, getContext(), getVMContext())) {
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004926 // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004927 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004928 if (Size <= 8)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00004929 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004930 if (Size <= 16)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00004931 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
4932 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004933 }
4934
4935 // Otherwise return in memory.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004936 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004937 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004938 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004939
4940 // Otherwise this is an AAPCS variant.
4941
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004942 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004943 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4944
Bob Wilson1d9269a2011-11-02 04:51:36 +00004945 // Check for homogeneous aggregates with AAPCS-VFP.
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004946 if (IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP) {
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004947 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004948 uint64_t Members;
4949 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) {
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004950 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate");
Bob Wilson1d9269a2011-11-02 04:51:36 +00004951 // Homogeneous Aggregates are returned directly.
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004952 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, false);
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004953 }
Bob Wilson1d9269a2011-11-02 04:51:36 +00004954 }
4955
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004956 // Aggregates <= 4 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates
4957 // are returned indirectly.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004958 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004959 if (Size <= 32) {
Christian Pirkerc3d32172014-07-03 09:28:12 +00004960 if (getDataLayout().isBigEndian())
4961 // Return in 32 bit integer integer type (as if loaded by LDR, AAPCS 5.4)
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004962 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
Christian Pirkerc3d32172014-07-03 09:28:12 +00004963
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004964 // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
4965 if (Size <= 8)
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004966 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004967 if (Size <= 16)
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004968 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
4969 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004970 }
4971
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004972 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004973 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004974}
4975
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004976/// isIllegalVector - check whether Ty is an illegal vector type.
4977bool ARMABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
4978 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4979 // Check whether VT is legal.
4980 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
4981 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4982 // NumElements should be power of 2.
4983 if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0)
4984 return true;
4985 // Size should be greater than 32 bits.
4986 return Size <= 32;
4987 }
4988 return false;
4989}
4990
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004991bool ARMABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
4992 // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS-VFP must have base types of float,
4993 // double, or 64-bit or 128-bit vectors.
4994 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
4995 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
4996 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double ||
4997 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble)
4998 return true;
4999 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
5000 unsigned VecSize = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
5001 if (VecSize == 64 || VecSize == 128)
5002 return true;
5003 }
5004 return false;
5005}
5006
5007bool ARMABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base,
5008 uint64_t Members) const {
5009 return Members <= 4;
5010}
5011
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005012llvm::Value *ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00005013 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005014 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
5015 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005016
5017 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005018 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005019 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00005020
Tim Northover1711cc92013-06-21 23:05:33 +00005021 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
5022 // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes.
5023 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
5024 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
5025 }
5026
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00005027 uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
Rafael Espindola11d994b2011-08-02 22:33:37 +00005028 uint64_t TyAlign = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00005029 bool IsIndirect = false;
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00005030
5031 // The ABI alignment for 64-bit or 128-bit vectors is 8 for AAPCS and 4 for
5032 // APCS. For AAPCS, the ABI alignment is at least 4-byte and at most 8-byte.
Manman Ren67effb92012-10-16 19:51:48 +00005033 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP ||
5034 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS)
5035 TyAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8);
5036 else
5037 TyAlign = 4;
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00005038 // Use indirect if size of the illegal vector is bigger than 16 bytes.
5039 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty) && Size > 16) {
5040 IsIndirect = true;
5041 Size = 4;
5042 TyAlign = 4;
5043 }
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00005044
5045 // Handle address alignment for ABI alignment > 4 bytes.
Rafael Espindola11d994b2011-08-02 22:33:37 +00005046 if (TyAlign > 4) {
5047 assert((TyAlign & (TyAlign - 1)) == 0 &&
5048 "Alignment is not power of 2!");
5049 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int32Ty);
5050 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(TyAlign - 1));
5051 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(~(TyAlign - 1)));
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00005052 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align");
Rafael Espindola11d994b2011-08-02 22:33:37 +00005053 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005054
5055 uint64_t Offset =
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00005056 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 4);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005057 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00005058 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005059 "ap.next");
5060 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
5061
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00005062 if (IsIndirect)
5063 Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP));
Manman Ren67effb92012-10-16 19:51:48 +00005064 else if (TyAlign < CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8) {
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00005065 // We can't directly cast ap.cur to pointer to a vector type, since ap.cur
5066 // may not be correctly aligned for the vector type. We create an aligned
5067 // temporary space and copy the content over from ap.cur to the temporary
5068 // space. This is necessary if the natural alignment of the type is greater
5069 // than the ABI alignment.
5070 llvm::Type *I8PtrTy = Builder.getInt8PtrTy();
5071 CharUnits CharSize = getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty);
5072 llvm::Value *AlignedTemp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGF.ConvertType(Ty),
5073 "var.align");
5074 llvm::Value *Dst = Builder.CreateBitCast(AlignedTemp, I8PtrTy);
5075 llvm::Value *Src = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, I8PtrTy);
5076 Builder.CreateMemCpy(Dst, Src,
5077 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.IntPtrTy, CharSize.getQuantity()),
5078 TyAlign, false);
5079 Addr = AlignedTemp; //The content is in aligned location.
5080 }
5081 llvm::Type *PTy =
5082 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
5083 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
5084
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005085 return AddrTyped;
5086}
5087
Benjamin Kramer1cdb23d2012-10-20 13:02:06 +00005088namespace {
5089
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00005090class NaClARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
5091 public:
5092 NaClARMABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
5093 : ABIInfo(CGT), PInfo(CGT), NInfo(CGT, Kind) {}
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005094 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
5095 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5096 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00005097 private:
5098 PNaClABIInfo PInfo; // Used for generating calls with pnaclcall callingconv.
5099 ARMABIInfo NInfo; // Used for everything else.
5100};
5101
5102class NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5103 public:
5104 NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
5105 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NaClARMABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {}
5106};
5107
Benjamin Kramer1cdb23d2012-10-20 13:02:06 +00005108}
5109
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00005110void NaClARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
5111 if (FI.getASTCallingConvention() == CC_PnaclCall)
5112 PInfo.computeInfo(FI);
5113 else
5114 static_cast<const ABIInfo&>(NInfo).computeInfo(FI);
5115}
5116
5117llvm::Value *NaClARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5118 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
5119 // Always use the native convention; calling pnacl-style varargs functions
5120 // is unsupported.
5121 return static_cast<const ABIInfo&>(NInfo).EmitVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
5122}
5123
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005124//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005125// NVPTX ABI Implementation
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005126//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5127
5128namespace {
5129
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005130class NVPTXABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005131public:
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005132 NVPTXABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005133
5134 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
5135 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
5136
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005137 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
5138 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5139 CodeGenFunction &CFG) const override;
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005140};
5141
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005142class NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005143public:
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005144 NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5145 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NVPTXABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005146
5147 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5148 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005149private:
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00005150 // Adds a NamedMDNode with F, Name, and Operand as operands, and adds the
5151 // resulting MDNode to the nvvm.annotations MDNode.
5152 static void addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name, int Operand);
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005153};
5154
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005155ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005156 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5157 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Justin Holewinskif9329ff2013-11-20 20:35:34 +00005158
5159 // note: this is different from default ABI
5160 if (!RetTy->isScalarType())
5161 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
5162
5163 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5164 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5165 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5166
5167 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5168 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005169}
5170
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005171ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Justin Holewinskif9329ff2013-11-20 20:35:34 +00005172 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5173 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5174 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005175
Eli Bendersky95338a02014-10-29 13:43:21 +00005176 // Return aggregates type as indirect by value
5177 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty))
5178 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /* byval */ true);
5179
Justin Holewinskif9329ff2013-11-20 20:35:34 +00005180 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5181 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005182}
5183
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005184void NVPTXABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00005185 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5186 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00005187 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5188 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005189
5190 // Always honor user-specified calling convention.
5191 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C)
5192 return;
5193
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00005194 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(getRuntimeCC());
5195}
5196
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005197llvm::Value *NVPTXABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5198 CodeGenFunction &CFG) const {
5199 llvm_unreachable("NVPTX does not support varargs");
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005200}
5201
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005202void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::
5203SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5204 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const{
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005205 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
5206 if (!FD) return;
5207
5208 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5209
5210 // Perform special handling in OpenCL mode
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00005211 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005212 // Use OpenCL function attributes to check for kernel functions
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005213 // By default, all functions are device functions
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005214 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005215 // OpenCL __kernel functions get kernel metadata
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00005216 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node
5217 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1);
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005218 // And kernel functions are not subject to inlining
Bill Wendling207f0532012-12-20 19:27:06 +00005219 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005220 }
Peter Collingbourne5bad4af2011-10-06 16:49:54 +00005221 }
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005222
Peter Collingbourne5bad4af2011-10-06 16:49:54 +00005223 // Perform special handling in CUDA mode.
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00005224 if (M.getLangOpts().CUDA) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005225 // CUDA __global__ functions get a kernel metadata entry. Since
Peter Collingbourne5bad4af2011-10-06 16:49:54 +00005226 // __global__ functions cannot be called from the device, we do not
5227 // need to set the noinline attribute.
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00005228 if (FD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) {
5229 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node
5230 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1);
5231 }
5232 if (FD->hasAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()) {
5233 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"maxntidx", i32 <val>} node
5234 addNVVMMetadata(F, "maxntidx",
5235 FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()->getMaxThreads());
5236 // min blocks is a default argument for CUDALaunchBoundsAttr, so getting a
5237 // zero value from getMinBlocks either means it was not specified in
5238 // __launch_bounds__ or the user specified a 0 value. In both cases, we
5239 // don't have to add a PTX directive.
5240 int MinCTASM = FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()->getMinBlocks();
5241 if (MinCTASM > 0) {
5242 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"minctasm", i32 <val>} node
5243 addNVVMMetadata(F, "minctasm", MinCTASM);
5244 }
5245 }
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005246 }
5247}
5248
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00005249void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name,
5250 int Operand) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005251 llvm::Module *M = F->getParent();
5252 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = M->getContext();
5253
5254 // Get "nvvm.annotations" metadata node
5255 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD = M->getOrInsertNamedMetadata("nvvm.annotations");
5256
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithfb494912014-12-09 18:39:32 +00005257 llvm::Metadata *MDVals[] = {
5258 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(F), llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Name),
5259 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(
5260 llvm::ConstantInt::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(Ctx), Operand))};
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005261 // Append metadata to nvvm.annotations
5262 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals));
5263}
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005264}
5265
5266//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005267// SystemZ ABI Implementation
5268//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5269
5270namespace {
5271
5272class SystemZABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
5273public:
5274 SystemZABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
5275
5276 bool isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const;
5277 bool isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const;
5278 bool isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
5279
5280 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
5281 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType ArgTy) const;
5282
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005283 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00005284 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5285 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00005286 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5287 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005288 }
5289
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005290 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5291 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005292};
5293
5294class SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5295public:
5296 SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5297 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SystemZABIInfo(CGT)) {}
5298};
5299
5300}
5301
5302bool SystemZABIInfo::isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const {
5303 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5304 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5305 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5306
5307 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI.
5308 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
5309 return true;
5310
5311 // 32-bit values must also be promoted.
5312 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
5313 switch (BT->getKind()) {
5314 case BuiltinType::Int:
5315 case BuiltinType::UInt:
5316 return true;
5317 default:
5318 return false;
5319 }
5320 return false;
5321}
5322
5323bool SystemZABIInfo::isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const {
5324 return Ty->isAnyComplexType() || isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty);
5325}
5326
5327bool SystemZABIInfo::isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5328 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
5329 switch (BT->getKind()) {
5330 case BuiltinType::Float:
5331 case BuiltinType::Double:
5332 return true;
5333 default:
5334 return false;
5335 }
5336
5337 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAsStructureType()) {
5338 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5339 bool Found = false;
5340
5341 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
5342 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00005343 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
5344 QualType Base = I.getType();
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005345
5346 // Empty bases don't affect things either way.
5347 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Base, true))
5348 continue;
5349
5350 if (Found)
5351 return false;
5352 Found = isFPArgumentType(Base);
5353 if (!Found)
5354 return false;
5355 }
5356
5357 // Check the fields.
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +00005358 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005359 // Empty bitfields don't affect things either way.
5360 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), empty structure and array fields
5361 // do count. So do anonymous bitfields that aren't zero-sized.
5362 if (FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0)
5363 return true;
5364
5365 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), arrays do not count.
5366 // Nested isFPArgumentType structures still do though.
5367 if (Found)
5368 return false;
5369 Found = isFPArgumentType(FD->getType());
5370 if (!Found)
5371 return false;
5372 }
5373
5374 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), trailing padding is allowed.
5375 // An 8-byte aligned struct s { float f; } is passed as a double.
5376 return Found;
5377 }
5378
5379 return false;
5380}
5381
5382llvm::Value *SystemZABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5383 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
5384 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type:
5385 // struct {
5386 // i64 __gpr;
5387 // i64 __fpr;
5388 // i8 *__overflow_arg_area;
5389 // i8 *__reg_save_area;
5390 // };
5391
5392 // Every argument occupies 8 bytes and is passed by preference in either
5393 // GPRs or FPRs.
5394 Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty);
5395 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
5396 bool InFPRs = isFPArgumentType(Ty);
5397
5398 llvm::Type *APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty));
5399 bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect();
5400 unsigned UnpaddedBitSize;
5401 if (IsIndirect) {
5402 APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(APTy);
5403 UnpaddedBitSize = 64;
5404 } else
5405 UnpaddedBitSize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5406 unsigned PaddedBitSize = 64;
5407 assert((UnpaddedBitSize <= PaddedBitSize) && "Invalid argument size.");
5408
5409 unsigned PaddedSize = PaddedBitSize / 8;
5410 unsigned Padding = (PaddedBitSize - UnpaddedBitSize) / 8;
5411
5412 unsigned MaxRegs, RegCountField, RegSaveIndex, RegPadding;
5413 if (InFPRs) {
5414 MaxRegs = 4; // Maximum of 4 FPR arguments
5415 RegCountField = 1; // __fpr
5416 RegSaveIndex = 16; // save offset for f0
5417 RegPadding = 0; // floats are passed in the high bits of an FPR
5418 } else {
5419 MaxRegs = 5; // Maximum of 5 GPR arguments
5420 RegCountField = 0; // __gpr
5421 RegSaveIndex = 2; // save offset for r2
5422 RegPadding = Padding; // values are passed in the low bits of a GPR
5423 }
5424
5425 llvm::Value *RegCountPtr =
5426 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, RegCountField, "reg_count_ptr");
5427 llvm::Value *RegCount = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegCountPtr, "reg_count");
5428 llvm::Type *IndexTy = RegCount->getType();
5429 llvm::Value *MaxRegsV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, MaxRegs);
5430 llvm::Value *InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULT(RegCount, MaxRegsV,
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00005431 "fits_in_regs");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005432
5433 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
5434 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem");
5435 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
5436 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock);
5437
5438 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers.
5439 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
5440
5441 // Work out the address of an argument register.
5442 llvm::Value *PaddedSizeV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, PaddedSize);
5443 llvm::Value *ScaledRegCount =
5444 CGF.Builder.CreateMul(RegCount, PaddedSizeV, "scaled_reg_count");
5445 llvm::Value *RegBase =
5446 llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, RegSaveIndex * PaddedSize + RegPadding);
5447 llvm::Value *RegOffset =
5448 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(ScaledRegCount, RegBase, "reg_offset");
5449 llvm::Value *RegSaveAreaPtr =
5450 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, "reg_save_area_ptr");
5451 llvm::Value *RegSaveArea =
5452 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegSaveAreaPtr, "reg_save_area");
5453 llvm::Value *RawRegAddr =
5454 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, RegOffset, "raw_reg_addr");
5455 llvm::Value *RegAddr =
5456 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawRegAddr, APTy, "reg_addr");
5457
5458 // Update the register count
5459 llvm::Value *One = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, 1);
5460 llvm::Value *NewRegCount =
5461 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(RegCount, One, "reg_count");
5462 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewRegCount, RegCountPtr);
5463 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
5464
5465 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory.
5466 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock);
5467
5468 // Work out the address of a stack argument.
5469 llvm::Value *OverflowArgAreaPtr =
5470 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_ptr");
5471 llvm::Value *OverflowArgArea =
5472 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowArgAreaPtr, "overflow_arg_area");
5473 llvm::Value *PaddingV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, Padding);
5474 llvm::Value *RawMemAddr =
5475 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddingV, "raw_mem_addr");
5476 llvm::Value *MemAddr =
5477 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawMemAddr, APTy, "mem_addr");
5478
5479 // Update overflow_arg_area_ptr pointer
5480 llvm::Value *NewOverflowArgArea =
5481 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddedSizeV, "overflow_arg_area");
5482 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOverflowArgArea, OverflowArgAreaPtr);
5483 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
5484
5485 // Return the appropriate result.
5486 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
5487 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(APTy, 2, "va_arg.addr");
5488 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
5489 ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock);
5490
5491 if (IsIndirect)
5492 return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "indirect_arg");
5493
5494 return ResAddr;
5495}
5496
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005497ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
5498 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5499 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5500 if (isCompoundType(RetTy) || getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64)
5501 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
5502 return (isPromotableIntegerType(RetTy) ?
5503 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5504}
5505
5506ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5507 // Handle the generic C++ ABI.
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00005508 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005509 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
5510
5511 // Integers and enums are extended to full register width.
5512 if (isPromotableIntegerType(Ty))
5513 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
5514
5515 // Values that are not 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes in size are passed indirectly.
5516 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5517 if (Size != 8 && Size != 16 && Size != 32 && Size != 64)
Richard Sandifordcdd86882013-12-04 09:59:57 +00005518 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005519
5520 // Handle small structures.
5521 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
5522 // Structures with flexible arrays have variable length, so really
5523 // fail the size test above.
5524 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5525 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Richard Sandifordcdd86882013-12-04 09:59:57 +00005526 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005527
5528 // The structure is passed as an unextended integer, a float, or a double.
5529 llvm::Type *PassTy;
5530 if (isFPArgumentType(Ty)) {
5531 assert(Size == 32 || Size == 64);
5532 if (Size == 32)
5533 PassTy = llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext());
5534 else
5535 PassTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
5536 } else
5537 PassTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
5538 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(PassTy);
5539 }
5540
5541 // Non-structure compounds are passed indirectly.
5542 if (isCompoundType(Ty))
Richard Sandifordcdd86882013-12-04 09:59:57 +00005543 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005544
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00005545 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005546}
5547
5548//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005549// MSP430 ABI Implementation
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005550//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005551
5552namespace {
5553
5554class MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5555public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00005556 MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5557 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005558 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005559 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005560};
5561
5562}
5563
5564void MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
5565 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5566 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
5567 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
5568 if (const MSP430InterruptAttr *attr = FD->getAttr<MSP430InterruptAttr>()) {
5569 // Handle 'interrupt' attribute:
5570 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5571
5572 // Step 1: Set ISR calling convention.
5573 F->setCallingConv(llvm::CallingConv::MSP430_INTR);
5574
5575 // Step 2: Add attributes goodness.
Bill Wendling207f0532012-12-20 19:27:06 +00005576 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005577
5578 // Step 3: Emit ISR vector alias.
Anton Korobeynikovc5a7f922012-11-26 18:59:10 +00005579 unsigned Num = attr->getNumber() / 2;
Rafael Espindola234405b2014-05-17 21:30:14 +00005580 llvm::GlobalAlias::create(llvm::Function::ExternalLinkage,
5581 "__isr_" + Twine(Num), F);
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005582 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005583 }
5584}
5585
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005586//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005587// MIPS ABI Implementation. This works for both little-endian and
5588// big-endian variants.
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005589//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5590
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005591namespace {
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005592class MipsABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Akira Hatanaka14378522011-11-02 23:14:57 +00005593 bool IsO32;
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005594 unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes, StackAlignInBytes;
5595 void CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize,
Craig Topper5603df42013-07-05 19:34:19 +00005596 SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const;
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005597 llvm::Type* HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const;
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005598 llvm::Type* returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const;
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005599 llvm::Type* getPaddingType(uint64_t Align, uint64_t Offset) const;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005600public:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00005601 MipsABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool _IsO32) :
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005602 ABIInfo(CGT), IsO32(_IsO32), MinABIStackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 4 : 8),
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00005603 StackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 8 : 16) {}
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005604
5605 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005606 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, uint64_t &Offset) const;
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005607 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
5608 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5609 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005610};
5611
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005612class MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Akira Hatanaka0486db02011-09-20 18:23:28 +00005613 unsigned SizeOfUnwindException;
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005614public:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00005615 MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool IsO32)
5616 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new MipsABIInfo(CGT, IsO32)),
Akira Hatanaka14378522011-11-02 23:14:57 +00005617 SizeOfUnwindException(IsO32 ? 24 : 32) {}
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005618
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005619 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005620 return 29;
5621 }
5622
Reed Kotler373feca2013-01-16 17:10:28 +00005623 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005624 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Reed Kotler3d5966f2013-03-13 20:40:30 +00005625 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
5626 if (!FD) return;
Rafael Espindolaa0851a22013-03-19 14:32:23 +00005627 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
Reed Kotler3d5966f2013-03-13 20:40:30 +00005628 if (FD->hasAttr<Mips16Attr>()) {
5629 Fn->addFnAttr("mips16");
5630 }
5631 else if (FD->hasAttr<NoMips16Attr>()) {
5632 Fn->addFnAttr("nomips16");
5633 }
Reed Kotler373feca2013-01-16 17:10:28 +00005634 }
Reed Kotler3d5966f2013-03-13 20:40:30 +00005635
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005636 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005637 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00005638
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005639 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override {
Akira Hatanaka0486db02011-09-20 18:23:28 +00005640 return SizeOfUnwindException;
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00005641 }
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005642};
5643}
5644
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005645void MipsABIInfo::CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize,
Craig Topper5603df42013-07-05 19:34:19 +00005646 SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const {
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005647 llvm::IntegerType *IntTy =
5648 llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8);
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005649
5650 // Add (TySize / MinABIStackAlignInBytes) args of IntTy.
5651 for (unsigned N = TySize / (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); N; --N)
5652 ArgList.push_back(IntTy);
5653
5654 // If necessary, add one more integer type to ArgList.
5655 unsigned R = TySize % (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8);
5656
5657 if (R)
5658 ArgList.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), R));
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005659}
5660
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005661// In N32/64, an aligned double precision floating point field is passed in
5662// a register.
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005663llvm::Type* MipsABIInfo::HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const {
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005664 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> ArgList, IntArgList;
5665
5666 if (IsO32) {
5667 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList);
5668 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5669 }
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005670
Akira Hatanaka02e13e52012-01-12 00:52:17 +00005671 if (Ty->isComplexType())
5672 return CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
Akira Hatanaka79f04612012-01-10 23:12:19 +00005673
Akira Hatanaka4984f5d2012-02-09 19:54:16 +00005674 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005675
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005676 // Unions/vectors are passed in integer registers.
5677 if (!RT || !RT->isStructureOrClassType()) {
5678 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList);
5679 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5680 }
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005681
5682 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5683 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005684 assert(!(TySize % 8) && "Size of structure must be multiple of 8.");
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005685
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005686 uint64_t LastOffset = 0;
5687 unsigned idx = 0;
5688 llvm::IntegerType *I64 = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64);
5689
Akira Hatanaka4984f5d2012-02-09 19:54:16 +00005690 // Iterate over fields in the struct/class and check if there are any aligned
5691 // double fields.
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005692 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
5693 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
David Blaikie2d7c57e2012-04-30 02:36:29 +00005694 const QualType Ty = i->getType();
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005695 const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
5696
5697 if (!BT || BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double)
5698 continue;
5699
5700 uint64_t Offset = Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
5701 if (Offset % 64) // Ignore doubles that are not aligned.
5702 continue;
5703
5704 // Add ((Offset - LastOffset) / 64) args of type i64.
5705 for (unsigned j = (Offset - LastOffset) / 64; j > 0; --j)
5706 ArgList.push_back(I64);
5707
5708 // Add double type.
5709 ArgList.push_back(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()));
5710 LastOffset = Offset + 64;
5711 }
5712
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005713 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize - LastOffset, IntArgList);
5714 ArgList.append(IntArgList.begin(), IntArgList.end());
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005715
5716 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5717}
5718
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005719llvm::Type *MipsABIInfo::getPaddingType(uint64_t OrigOffset,
5720 uint64_t Offset) const {
5721 if (OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes > Offset)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00005722 return nullptr;
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005723
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005724 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), (Offset - OrigOffset) * 8);
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005725}
Akira Hatanaka21ee88c2012-01-10 22:44:52 +00005726
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005727ABIArgInfo
5728MipsABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, uint64_t &Offset) const {
Daniel Sanders998c9102015-01-14 12:00:12 +00005729 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
5730
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005731 uint64_t OrigOffset = Offset;
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005732 uint64_t TySize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005733 uint64_t Align = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005734
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005735 Align = std::min(std::max(Align, (uint64_t)MinABIStackAlignInBytes),
5736 (uint64_t)StackAlignInBytes);
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005737 unsigned CurrOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Offset, Align);
5738 Offset = CurrOffset + llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(TySize, Align * 8) / 8;
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005739
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005740 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) || Ty->isVectorType()) {
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005741 // Ignore empty aggregates.
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005742 if (TySize == 0)
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005743 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5744
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00005745 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005746 Offset = OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00005747 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005748 }
Akira Hatanakadf425db2011-08-01 18:09:58 +00005749
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005750 // If we have reached here, aggregates are passed directly by coercing to
5751 // another structure type. Padding is inserted if the offset of the
5752 // aggregate is unaligned.
Daniel Sandersaa1b3552014-10-24 15:30:16 +00005753 ABIArgInfo ArgInfo =
5754 ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HandleAggregates(Ty, TySize), 0,
5755 getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset));
5756 ArgInfo.setInReg(true);
5757 return ArgInfo;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005758 }
5759
5760 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5761 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5762 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5763
Daniel Sanders5b445b32014-10-24 14:42:42 +00005764 // All integral types are promoted to the GPR width.
5765 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005766 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
5767
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005768 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00005769 nullptr, 0, IsO32 ? nullptr : getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset));
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005770}
5771
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005772llvm::Type*
5773MipsABIInfo::returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const {
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005774 const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>();
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005775 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> RTList;
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005776
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005777 if (RT && RT->isStructureOrClassType()) {
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005778 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005779 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
5780 unsigned FieldCnt = Layout.getFieldCount();
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005781
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005782 // N32/64 returns struct/classes in floating point registers if the
5783 // following conditions are met:
5784 // 1. The size of the struct/class is no larger than 128-bit.
5785 // 2. The struct/class has one or two fields all of which are floating
5786 // point types.
5787 // 3. The offset of the first field is zero (this follows what gcc does).
5788 //
5789 // Any other composite results are returned in integer registers.
5790 //
5791 if (FieldCnt && (FieldCnt <= 2) && !Layout.getFieldOffset(0)) {
5792 RecordDecl::field_iterator b = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
5793 for (; b != e; ++b) {
David Blaikie2d7c57e2012-04-30 02:36:29 +00005794 const BuiltinType *BT = b->getType()->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005795
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005796 if (!BT || !BT->isFloatingPoint())
5797 break;
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005798
David Blaikie2d7c57e2012-04-30 02:36:29 +00005799 RTList.push_back(CGT.ConvertType(b->getType()));
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005800 }
5801
5802 if (b == e)
5803 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList,
5804 RD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>());
5805
5806 RTList.clear();
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005807 }
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005808 }
5809
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005810 CoerceToIntArgs(Size, RTList);
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005811 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList);
5812}
5813
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005814ABIArgInfo MipsABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Akira Hatanaka60f5fe62012-01-23 23:18:57 +00005815 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
5816
Daniel Sandersed39f582014-09-04 13:28:14 +00005817 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5818 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5819
5820 // O32 doesn't treat zero-sized structs differently from other structs.
5821 // However, N32/N64 ignores zero sized return values.
5822 if (!IsO32 && Size == 0)
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005823 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5824
Akira Hatanakac37eddf2012-05-11 21:01:17 +00005825 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy) || RetTy->isVectorType()) {
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005826 if (Size <= 128) {
5827 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
5828 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
5829
Daniel Sanderse5018b62014-09-04 15:05:39 +00005830 // O32 returns integer vectors in registers and N32/N64 returns all small
Daniel Sanders00a56ff2014-09-04 15:07:43 +00005831 // aggregates in registers.
Daniel Sanderse5018b62014-09-04 15:05:39 +00005832 if (!IsO32 ||
5833 (RetTy->isVectorType() && !RetTy->hasFloatingRepresentation())) {
5834 ABIArgInfo ArgInfo =
5835 ABIArgInfo::getDirect(returnAggregateInRegs(RetTy, Size));
5836 ArgInfo.setInReg(true);
5837 return ArgInfo;
5838 }
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005839 }
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005840
5841 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
5842 }
5843
5844 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5845 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5846 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5847
5848 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5849 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5850}
5851
5852void MipsABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Akira Hatanaka32604a92012-01-12 01:10:09 +00005853 ABIArgInfo &RetInfo = FI.getReturnInfo();
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00005854 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5855 RetInfo = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Akira Hatanaka32604a92012-01-12 01:10:09 +00005856
5857 // Check if a pointer to an aggregate is passed as a hidden argument.
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005858 uint64_t Offset = RetInfo.isIndirect() ? MinABIStackAlignInBytes : 0;
Akira Hatanaka32604a92012-01-12 01:10:09 +00005859
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00005860 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5861 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, Offset);
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005862}
5863
5864llvm::Value* MipsABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5865 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Daniel Sanders2ef3cdd32014-08-01 13:26:28 +00005866 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
5867 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Daniel Sanders59229dc2014-11-19 10:01:35 +00005868
Daniel Sanderscdcb5802015-01-13 10:47:00 +00005869 // Integer arguments are promoted to 32-bit on O32 and 64-bit on N32/N64.
5870 // Pointers are also promoted in the same way but this only matters for N32.
Daniel Sanders59229dc2014-11-19 10:01:35 +00005871 unsigned SlotSizeInBits = IsO32 ? 32 : 64;
Daniel Sanderscdcb5802015-01-13 10:47:00 +00005872 unsigned PtrWidth = getTarget().getPointerWidth(0);
5873 if ((Ty->isIntegerType() &&
5874 CGF.getContext().getIntWidth(Ty) < SlotSizeInBits) ||
5875 (Ty->isPointerType() && PtrWidth < SlotSizeInBits)) {
Daniel Sanders59229dc2014-11-19 10:01:35 +00005876 Ty = CGF.getContext().getIntTypeForBitwidth(SlotSizeInBits,
5877 Ty->isSignedIntegerType());
5878 }
Daniel Sanders2ef3cdd32014-08-01 13:26:28 +00005879
5880 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
5881 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
5882 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
Daniel Sanders8d36a612014-09-22 13:27:06 +00005883 int64_t TypeAlign =
5884 std::min(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, StackAlignInBytes);
Daniel Sanders2ef3cdd32014-08-01 13:26:28 +00005885 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
5886 llvm::Value *AddrTyped;
Daniel Sanders2ef3cdd32014-08-01 13:26:28 +00005887 llvm::IntegerType *IntTy = (PtrWidth == 32) ? CGF.Int32Ty : CGF.Int64Ty;
5888
5889 if (TypeAlign > MinABIStackAlignInBytes) {
5890 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, IntTy);
5891 llvm::Value *Inc = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, TypeAlign - 1);
5892 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, -TypeAlign);
5893 llvm::Value *Add = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Inc);
5894 llvm::Value *And = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(Add, Mask);
5895 AddrTyped = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(And, PTy);
5896 }
5897 else
5898 AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
5899
5900 llvm::Value *AlignedAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AddrTyped, BP);
5901 TypeAlign = std::max((unsigned)TypeAlign, MinABIStackAlignInBytes);
Daniel Sanders59229dc2014-11-19 10:01:35 +00005902 unsigned ArgSizeInBits = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5903 uint64_t Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(ArgSizeInBits / 8, TypeAlign);
Daniel Sanders2ef3cdd32014-08-01 13:26:28 +00005904 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
5905 Builder.CreateGEP(AlignedAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, Offset),
5906 "ap.next");
5907 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
5908
5909 return AddrTyped;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005910}
5911
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005912bool
5913MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
5914 llvm::Value *Address) const {
5915 // This information comes from gcc's implementation, which seems to
5916 // as canonical as it gets.
5917
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005918 // Everything on MIPS is 4 bytes. Double-precision FP registers
5919 // are aliased to pairs of single-precision FP registers.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005920 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005921
5922 // 0-31 are the general purpose registers, $0 - $31.
5923 // 32-63 are the floating-point registers, $f0 - $f31.
5924 // 64 and 65 are the multiply/divide registers, $hi and $lo.
5925 // 66 is the (notional, I think) register for signal-handler return.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005926 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 65);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005927
5928 // 67-74 are the floating-point status registers, $fcc0 - $fcc7.
5929 // They are one bit wide and ignored here.
5930
5931 // 80-111 are the coprocessor 0 registers, $c0r0 - $c0r31.
5932 // (coprocessor 1 is the FP unit)
5933 // 112-143 are the coprocessor 2 registers, $c2r0 - $c2r31.
5934 // 144-175 are the coprocessor 3 registers, $c3r0 - $c3r31.
5935 // 176-181 are the DSP accumulator registers.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005936 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 80, 181);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005937 return false;
5938}
5939
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005940//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5941// TCE ABI Implementation (see http://tce.cs.tut.fi). Uses mostly the defaults.
5942// Currently subclassed only to implement custom OpenCL C function attribute
5943// handling.
5944//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5945
5946namespace {
5947
5948class TCETargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
5949public:
5950 TCETargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5951 : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
5952
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005953 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5954 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005955};
5956
5957void TCETargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
5958 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5959 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
5960 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
5961 if (!FD) return;
5962
5963 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5964
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00005965 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005966 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
5967 // OpenCL C Kernel functions are not subject to inlining
Bill Wendling207f0532012-12-20 19:27:06 +00005968 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
Aaron Ballman36a18ff2013-12-19 13:16:35 +00005969 const ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr>();
5970 if (Attr) {
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005971 // Convert the reqd_work_group_size() attributes to metadata.
5972 llvm::LLVMContext &Context = F->getContext();
5973 llvm::NamedMDNode *OpenCLMetadata =
5974 M.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("opencl.kernel_wg_size_info");
5975
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithfb494912014-12-09 18:39:32 +00005976 SmallVector<llvm::Metadata *, 5> Operands;
5977 Operands.push_back(llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(F));
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005978
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithfb494912014-12-09 18:39:32 +00005979 Operands.push_back(
5980 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(
5981 M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getXDim()))));
5982 Operands.push_back(
5983 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(
5984 M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getYDim()))));
5985 Operands.push_back(
5986 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(
5987 M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getZDim()))));
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005988
5989 // Add a boolean constant operand for "required" (true) or "hint" (false)
5990 // for implementing the work_group_size_hint attr later. Currently
5991 // always true as the hint is not yet implemented.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithfb494912014-12-09 18:39:32 +00005992 Operands.push_back(
5993 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::ConstantInt::getTrue(Context)));
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005994 OpenCLMetadata->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Context, Operands));
5995 }
5996 }
5997 }
5998}
5999
6000}
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00006001
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006002//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6003// Hexagon ABI Implementation
6004//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6005
6006namespace {
6007
6008class HexagonABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
6009
6010
6011public:
6012 HexagonABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
6013
6014private:
6015
6016 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
6017 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
6018
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006019 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006020
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006021 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6022 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006023};
6024
6025class HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
6026public:
6027 HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
6028 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new HexagonABIInfo(CGT)) {}
6029
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006030 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006031 return 29;
6032 }
6033};
6034
6035}
6036
6037void HexagonABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00006038 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
6039 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00006040 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
6041 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006042}
6043
6044ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
6045 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
6046 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
6047 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
6048 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6049
6050 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
6051 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
6052 }
6053
6054 // Ignore empty records.
6055 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
6056 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6057
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00006058 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00006059 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006060
6061 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
6062 if (Size > 64)
6063 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true);
6064 // Pass in the smallest viable integer type.
6065 else if (Size > 32)
6066 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()));
6067 else if (Size > 16)
6068 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
6069 else if (Size > 8)
6070 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
6071 else
6072 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
6073}
6074
6075ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
6076 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
6077 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6078
6079 // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
6080 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64)
6081 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
6082
6083 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
6084 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
6085 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
6086 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6087
6088 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
6089 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
6090 }
6091
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006092 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
6093 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6094
6095 // Aggregates <= 8 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates
6096 // are returned indirectly.
6097 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
6098 if (Size <= 64) {
6099 // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
6100 if (Size <= 8)
6101 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
6102 if (Size <= 16)
6103 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
6104 if (Size <= 32)
6105 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
6106 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()));
6107 }
6108
6109 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true);
6110}
6111
6112llvm::Value *HexagonABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00006113 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006114 // FIXME: Need to handle alignment
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00006115 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006116
6117 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
6118 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
6119 "ap");
6120 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
6121 llvm::Type *PTy =
6122 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
6123 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
6124
6125 uint64_t Offset =
6126 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 4);
6127 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
6128 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
6129 "ap.next");
6130 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
6131
6132 return AddrTyped;
6133}
6134
Matt Arsenault43fae6c2014-12-04 20:38:18 +00006135//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6136// AMDGPU ABI Implementation
6137//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6138
6139namespace {
6140
6141class AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
6142public:
6143 AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
6144 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
6145 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6146 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
6147};
6148
6149}
6150
6151void AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(
6152 const Decl *D,
6153 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6154 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
6155 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
6156 if (!FD)
6157 return;
6158
6159 if (const auto Attr = FD->getAttr<AMDGPUNumVGPRAttr>()) {
6160 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
6161 uint32_t NumVGPR = Attr->getNumVGPR();
6162 if (NumVGPR != 0)
6163 F->addFnAttr("amdgpu_num_vgpr", llvm::utostr(NumVGPR));
6164 }
6165
6166 if (const auto Attr = FD->getAttr<AMDGPUNumSGPRAttr>()) {
6167 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
6168 unsigned NumSGPR = Attr->getNumSGPR();
6169 if (NumSGPR != 0)
6170 F->addFnAttr("amdgpu_num_sgpr", llvm::utostr(NumSGPR));
6171 }
6172}
6173
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006174
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006175//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6176// SPARC v9 ABI Implementation.
6177// Based on the SPARC Compliance Definition version 2.4.1.
6178//
6179// Function arguments a mapped to a nominal "parameter array" and promoted to
6180// registers depending on their type. Each argument occupies 8 or 16 bytes in
6181// the array, structs larger than 16 bytes are passed indirectly.
6182//
6183// One case requires special care:
6184//
6185// struct mixed {
6186// int i;
6187// float f;
6188// };
6189//
6190// When a struct mixed is passed by value, it only occupies 8 bytes in the
6191// parameter array, but the int is passed in an integer register, and the float
6192// is passed in a floating point register. This is represented as two arguments
6193// with the LLVM IR inreg attribute:
6194//
6195// declare void f(i32 inreg %i, float inreg %f)
6196//
6197// The code generator will only allocate 4 bytes from the parameter array for
6198// the inreg arguments. All other arguments are allocated a multiple of 8
6199// bytes.
6200//
6201namespace {
6202class SparcV9ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
6203public:
6204 SparcV9ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
6205
6206private:
6207 ABIArgInfo classifyType(QualType RetTy, unsigned SizeLimit) const;
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006208 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
6209 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6210 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Jakob Stoklund Olesen02dc6a12013-05-28 04:57:37 +00006211
6212 // Coercion type builder for structs passed in registers. The coercion type
6213 // serves two purposes:
6214 //
6215 // 1. Pad structs to a multiple of 64 bits, so they are passed 'left-aligned'
6216 // in registers.
6217 // 2. Expose aligned floating point elements as first-level elements, so the
6218 // code generator knows to pass them in floating point registers.
6219 //
6220 // We also compute the InReg flag which indicates that the struct contains
6221 // aligned 32-bit floats.
6222 //
6223 struct CoerceBuilder {
6224 llvm::LLVMContext &Context;
6225 const llvm::DataLayout &DL;
6226 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> Elems;
6227 uint64_t Size;
6228 bool InReg;
6229
6230 CoerceBuilder(llvm::LLVMContext &c, const llvm::DataLayout &dl)
6231 : Context(c), DL(dl), Size(0), InReg(false) {}
6232
6233 // Pad Elems with integers until Size is ToSize.
6234 void pad(uint64_t ToSize) {
6235 assert(ToSize >= Size && "Cannot remove elements");
6236 if (ToSize == Size)
6237 return;
6238
6239 // Finish the current 64-bit word.
6240 uint64_t Aligned = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 64);
6241 if (Aligned > Size && Aligned <= ToSize) {
6242 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, Aligned - Size));
6243 Size = Aligned;
6244 }
6245
6246 // Add whole 64-bit words.
6247 while (Size + 64 <= ToSize) {
6248 Elems.push_back(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Context));
6249 Size += 64;
6250 }
6251
6252 // Final in-word padding.
6253 if (Size < ToSize) {
6254 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, ToSize - Size));
6255 Size = ToSize;
6256 }
6257 }
6258
6259 // Add a floating point element at Offset.
6260 void addFloat(uint64_t Offset, llvm::Type *Ty, unsigned Bits) {
6261 // Unaligned floats are treated as integers.
6262 if (Offset % Bits)
6263 return;
6264 // The InReg flag is only required if there are any floats < 64 bits.
6265 if (Bits < 64)
6266 InReg = true;
6267 pad(Offset);
6268 Elems.push_back(Ty);
6269 Size = Offset + Bits;
6270 }
6271
6272 // Add a struct type to the coercion type, starting at Offset (in bits).
6273 void addStruct(uint64_t Offset, llvm::StructType *StrTy) {
6274 const llvm::StructLayout *Layout = DL.getStructLayout(StrTy);
6275 for (unsigned i = 0, e = StrTy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) {
6276 llvm::Type *ElemTy = StrTy->getElementType(i);
6277 uint64_t ElemOffset = Offset + Layout->getElementOffsetInBits(i);
6278 switch (ElemTy->getTypeID()) {
6279 case llvm::Type::StructTyID:
6280 addStruct(ElemOffset, cast<llvm::StructType>(ElemTy));
6281 break;
6282 case llvm::Type::FloatTyID:
6283 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 32);
6284 break;
6285 case llvm::Type::DoubleTyID:
6286 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 64);
6287 break;
6288 case llvm::Type::FP128TyID:
6289 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 128);
6290 break;
6291 case llvm::Type::PointerTyID:
6292 if (ElemOffset % 64 == 0) {
6293 pad(ElemOffset);
6294 Elems.push_back(ElemTy);
6295 Size += 64;
6296 }
6297 break;
6298 default:
6299 break;
6300 }
6301 }
6302 }
6303
6304 // Check if Ty is a usable substitute for the coercion type.
6305 bool isUsableType(llvm::StructType *Ty) const {
6306 if (Ty->getNumElements() != Elems.size())
6307 return false;
6308 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elems.size(); i != e; ++i)
6309 if (Elems[i] != Ty->getElementType(i))
6310 return false;
6311 return true;
6312 }
6313
6314 // Get the coercion type as a literal struct type.
6315 llvm::Type *getType() const {
6316 if (Elems.size() == 1)
6317 return Elems.front();
6318 else
6319 return llvm::StructType::get(Context, Elems);
6320 }
6321 };
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006322};
6323} // end anonymous namespace
6324
6325ABIArgInfo
6326SparcV9ABIInfo::classifyType(QualType Ty, unsigned SizeLimit) const {
6327 if (Ty->isVoidType())
6328 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6329
6330 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
6331
6332 // Anything too big to fit in registers is passed with an explicit indirect
6333 // pointer / sret pointer.
6334 if (Size > SizeLimit)
6335 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
6336
6337 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
6338 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
6339 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6340
6341 // Integer types smaller than a register are extended.
6342 if (Size < 64 && Ty->isIntegerType())
6343 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
6344
6345 // Other non-aggregates go in registers.
6346 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty))
6347 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
6348
Jakob Stoklund Olesenb81eb3e2014-01-12 06:54:56 +00006349 // If a C++ object has either a non-trivial copy constructor or a non-trivial
6350 // destructor, it is passed with an explicit indirect pointer / sret pointer.
6351 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
6352 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
6353
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006354 // This is a small aggregate type that should be passed in registers.
Jakob Stoklund Olesen02dc6a12013-05-28 04:57:37 +00006355 // Build a coercion type from the LLVM struct type.
6356 llvm::StructType *StrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(CGT.ConvertType(Ty));
6357 if (!StrTy)
6358 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
6359
6360 CoerceBuilder CB(getVMContext(), getDataLayout());
6361 CB.addStruct(0, StrTy);
6362 CB.pad(llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CB.DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StrTy), 64));
6363
6364 // Try to use the original type for coercion.
6365 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = CB.isUsableType(StrTy) ? StrTy : CB.getType();
6366
6367 if (CB.InReg)
6368 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CoerceTy);
6369 else
6370 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006371}
6372
6373llvm::Value *SparcV9ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6374 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006375 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyType(Ty, 16 * 8);
6376 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
6377 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType())
6378 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy);
6379
6380 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
6381 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
6382 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
6383 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
6384 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy);
6385 llvm::Value *ArgAddr;
6386 unsigned Stride;
6387
6388 switch (AI.getKind()) {
6389 case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00006390 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006391 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg");
6392
6393 case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
6394 Stride = 8;
6395 ArgAddr = Builder
6396 .CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, 8 - getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(ArgTy),
6397 "extend");
6398 break;
6399
6400 case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
6401 Stride = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType());
6402 ArgAddr = Addr;
6403 break;
6404
6405 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
6406 Stride = 8;
6407 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr,
6408 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy),
6409 "indirect");
6410 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr, "indirect.arg");
6411 break;
6412
6413 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
6414 return llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy);
6415 }
6416
6417 // Update VAList.
6418 Addr = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, Stride, "ap.next");
6419 Builder.CreateStore(Addr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
6420
6421 return Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy, "arg.addr");
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006422}
6423
6424void SparcV9ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
6425 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyType(FI.getReturnType(), 32 * 8);
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00006426 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
6427 I.info = classifyType(I.type, 16 * 8);
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006428}
6429
6430namespace {
6431class SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
6432public:
6433 SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
6434 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SparcV9ABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00006435
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006436 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00006437 return 14;
6438 }
6439
6440 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006441 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006442};
6443} // end anonymous namespace
6444
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00006445bool
6446SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
6447 llvm::Value *Address) const {
6448 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
6449 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
6450
6451 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
6452
6453 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
6454 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
6455 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
6456
6457 // 0-31: the 8-byte general-purpose registers
6458 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31);
6459
6460 // 32-63: f0-31, the 4-byte floating-point registers
6461 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 32, 63);
6462
6463 // Y = 64
6464 // PSR = 65
6465 // WIM = 66
6466 // TBR = 67
6467 // PC = 68
6468 // NPC = 69
6469 // FSR = 70
6470 // CSR = 71
6471 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 64, 71);
6472
6473 // 72-87: d0-15, the 8-byte floating-point registers
6474 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 72, 87);
6475
6476 return false;
6477}
6478
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006479
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006480//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00006481// XCore ABI Implementation
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006482//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006483
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006484namespace {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006485
6486/// A SmallStringEnc instance is used to build up the TypeString by passing
6487/// it by reference between functions that append to it.
6488typedef llvm::SmallString<128> SmallStringEnc;
6489
6490/// TypeStringCache caches the meta encodings of Types.
6491///
6492/// The reason for caching TypeStrings is two fold:
6493/// 1. To cache a type's encoding for later uses;
6494/// 2. As a means to break recursive member type inclusion.
6495///
6496/// A cache Entry can have a Status of:
6497/// NonRecursive: The type encoding is not recursive;
6498/// Recursive: The type encoding is recursive;
6499/// Incomplete: An incomplete TypeString;
6500/// IncompleteUsed: An incomplete TypeString that has been used in a
6501/// Recursive type encoding.
6502///
6503/// A NonRecursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully
6504/// as possible. Whilst it may contain types which are recursive, the type
6505/// itself is not recursive and thus its encoding may be safely used whenever
6506/// the type is encountered.
6507///
6508/// A Recursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully as
6509/// possible. The type itself is recursive and it may contain other types which
6510/// are recursive. The Recursive encoding must not be used during the expansion
6511/// of a recursive type's recursive branch. For simplicity the code uses
6512/// IncompleteCount to reject all usage of Recursive encodings for member types.
6513///
6514/// An Incomplete entry is always a RecordType and only encodes its
6515/// identifier e.g. "s(S){}". Incomplete 'StubEnc' entries are ephemeral and
6516/// are placed into the cache during type expansion as a means to identify and
6517/// handle recursive inclusion of types as sub-members. If there is recursion
6518/// the entry becomes IncompleteUsed.
6519///
6520/// During the expansion of a RecordType's members:
6521///
6522/// If the cache contains a NonRecursive encoding for the member type, the
6523/// cached encoding is used;
6524///
6525/// If the cache contains a Recursive encoding for the member type, the
6526/// cached encoding is 'Swapped' out, as it may be incorrect, and...
6527///
6528/// If the member is a RecordType, an Incomplete encoding is placed into the
6529/// cache to break potential recursive inclusion of itself as a sub-member;
6530///
6531/// Once a member RecordType has been expanded, its temporary incomplete
6532/// entry is removed from the cache. If a Recursive encoding was swapped out
6533/// it is swapped back in;
6534///
6535/// If an incomplete entry is used to expand a sub-member, the incomplete
6536/// entry is marked as IncompleteUsed. The cache keeps count of how many
6537/// IncompleteUsed entries it currently contains in IncompleteUsedCount;
6538///
6539/// If a member's encoding is found to be a NonRecursive or Recursive viz:
6540/// IncompleteUsedCount==0, the member's encoding is added to the cache.
6541/// Else the member is part of a recursive type and thus the recursion has
6542/// been exited too soon for the encoding to be correct for the member.
6543///
6544class TypeStringCache {
6545 enum Status {NonRecursive, Recursive, Incomplete, IncompleteUsed};
6546 struct Entry {
6547 std::string Str; // The encoded TypeString for the type.
6548 enum Status State; // Information about the encoding in 'Str'.
6549 std::string Swapped; // A temporary place holder for a Recursive encoding
6550 // during the expansion of RecordType's members.
6551 };
6552 std::map<const IdentifierInfo *, struct Entry> Map;
6553 unsigned IncompleteCount; // Number of Incomplete entries in the Map.
6554 unsigned IncompleteUsedCount; // Number of IncompleteUsed entries in the Map.
6555public:
Robert Lyttond263f142014-05-06 09:38:54 +00006556 TypeStringCache() : IncompleteCount(0), IncompleteUsedCount(0) {};
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006557 void addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, std::string StubEnc);
6558 bool removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID);
6559 void addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str,
6560 bool IsRecursive);
6561 StringRef lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID);
6562};
6563
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006564/// TypeString encodings for enum & union fields must be order.
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006565/// FieldEncoding is a helper for this ordering process.
6566class FieldEncoding {
6567 bool HasName;
6568 std::string Enc;
6569public:
6570 FieldEncoding(bool b, SmallStringEnc &e) : HasName(b), Enc(e.c_str()) {};
6571 StringRef str() {return Enc.c_str();};
6572 bool operator<(const FieldEncoding &rhs) const {
6573 if (HasName != rhs.HasName) return HasName;
6574 return Enc < rhs.Enc;
6575 }
6576};
6577
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006578class XCoreABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
6579public:
6580 XCoreABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {}
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006581 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6582 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006583};
6584
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00006585class XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006586 mutable TypeStringCache TSC;
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006587public:
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00006588 XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006589 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new XCoreABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Rafael Espindola8dcd6e72014-05-08 15:01:48 +00006590 void emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6591 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006592};
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006593
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006594} // End anonymous namespace.
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006595
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006596llvm::Value *XCoreABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6597 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006598 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006599
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006600 // Get the VAList.
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006601 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr,
6602 CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy);
6603 llvm::Value *AP = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP);
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006604
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006605 // Handle the argument.
6606 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
6607 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
6608 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType())
6609 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy);
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006610 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy);
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006611 llvm::Value *Val;
Andy Gibbsd9ba4722013-10-14 07:02:04 +00006612 uint64_t ArgSize = 0;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006613 switch (AI.getKind()) {
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006614 case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00006615 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006616 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg");
6617 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006618 Val = llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy);
6619 ArgSize = 0;
6620 break;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006621 case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
6622 case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006623 Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(AP, ArgPtrTy);
6624 ArgSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType());
6625 if (ArgSize < 4)
6626 ArgSize = 4;
6627 break;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006628 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
6629 llvm::Value *ArgAddr;
6630 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AP, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy));
6631 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr);
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006632 Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy);
6633 ArgSize = 4;
6634 break;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006635 }
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006636
6637 // Increment the VAList.
6638 if (ArgSize) {
6639 llvm::Value *APN = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(AP, ArgSize);
6640 Builder.CreateStore(APN, VAListAddrAsBPP);
6641 }
6642 return Val;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006643}
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006644
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006645/// During the expansion of a RecordType, an incomplete TypeString is placed
6646/// into the cache as a means to identify and break recursion.
6647/// If there is a Recursive encoding in the cache, it is swapped out and will
6648/// be reinserted by removeIncomplete().
6649/// All other types of encoding should have been used rather than arriving here.
6650void TypeStringCache::addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID,
6651 std::string StubEnc) {
6652 if (!ID)
6653 return;
6654 Entry &E = Map[ID];
6655 assert( (E.Str.empty() || E.State == Recursive) &&
6656 "Incorrectly use of addIncomplete");
6657 assert(!StubEnc.empty() && "Passing an empty string to addIncomplete()");
6658 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str); // swap out the Recursive
6659 E.Str.swap(StubEnc);
6660 E.State = Incomplete;
6661 ++IncompleteCount;
6662}
6663
6664/// Once the RecordType has been expanded, the temporary incomplete TypeString
6665/// must be removed from the cache.
6666/// If a Recursive was swapped out by addIncomplete(), it will be replaced.
6667/// Returns true if the RecordType was defined recursively.
6668bool TypeStringCache::removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6669 if (!ID)
6670 return false;
6671 auto I = Map.find(ID);
6672 assert(I != Map.end() && "Entry not present");
6673 Entry &E = I->second;
6674 assert( (E.State == Incomplete ||
6675 E.State == IncompleteUsed) &&
6676 "Entry must be an incomplete type");
6677 bool IsRecursive = false;
6678 if (E.State == IncompleteUsed) {
6679 // We made use of our Incomplete encoding, thus we are recursive.
6680 IsRecursive = true;
6681 --IncompleteUsedCount;
6682 }
6683 if (E.Swapped.empty())
6684 Map.erase(I);
6685 else {
6686 // Swap the Recursive back.
6687 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str);
6688 E.Swapped.clear();
6689 E.State = Recursive;
6690 }
6691 --IncompleteCount;
6692 return IsRecursive;
6693}
6694
6695/// Add the encoded TypeString to the cache only if it is NonRecursive or
6696/// Recursive (viz: all sub-members were expanded as fully as possible).
6697void TypeStringCache::addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str,
6698 bool IsRecursive) {
6699 if (!ID || IncompleteUsedCount)
6700 return; // No key or it is is an incomplete sub-type so don't add.
6701 Entry &E = Map[ID];
6702 if (IsRecursive && !E.Str.empty()) {
6703 assert(E.State==Recursive && E.Str.size() == Str.size() &&
6704 "This is not the same Recursive entry");
6705 // The parent container was not recursive after all, so we could have used
6706 // this Recursive sub-member entry after all, but we assumed the worse when
6707 // we started viz: IncompleteCount!=0.
6708 return;
6709 }
6710 assert(E.Str.empty() && "Entry already present");
6711 E.Str = Str.str();
6712 E.State = IsRecursive? Recursive : NonRecursive;
6713}
6714
6715/// Return a cached TypeString encoding for the ID. If there isn't one, or we
6716/// are recursively expanding a type (IncompleteCount != 0) and the cached
6717/// encoding is Recursive, return an empty StringRef.
6718StringRef TypeStringCache::lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6719 if (!ID)
6720 return StringRef(); // We have no key.
6721 auto I = Map.find(ID);
6722 if (I == Map.end())
6723 return StringRef(); // We have no encoding.
6724 Entry &E = I->second;
6725 if (E.State == Recursive && IncompleteCount)
6726 return StringRef(); // We don't use Recursive encodings for member types.
6727
6728 if (E.State == Incomplete) {
6729 // The incomplete type is being used to break out of recursion.
6730 E.State = IncompleteUsed;
6731 ++IncompleteUsedCount;
6732 }
6733 return E.Str.c_str();
6734}
6735
6736/// The XCore ABI includes a type information section that communicates symbol
6737/// type information to the linker. The linker uses this information to verify
6738/// safety/correctness of things such as array bound and pointers et al.
6739/// The ABI only requires C (and XC) language modules to emit TypeStrings.
6740/// This type information (TypeString) is emitted into meta data for all global
6741/// symbols: definitions, declarations, functions & variables.
6742///
6743/// The TypeString carries type, qualifier, name, size & value details.
6744/// Please see 'Tools Development Guide' section 2.16.2 for format details:
6745/// <https://www.xmos.com/download/public/Tools-Development-Guide%28X9114A%29.pdf>
6746/// The output is tested by test/CodeGen/xcore-stringtype.c.
6747///
6748static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D,
6749 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC);
6750
6751/// XCore uses emitTargetMD to emit TypeString metadata for global symbols.
6752void XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo::emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6753 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
6754 SmallStringEnc Enc;
6755 if (getTypeString(Enc, D, CGM, TSC)) {
6756 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = CGM.getModule().getContext();
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithfb494912014-12-09 18:39:32 +00006757 llvm::SmallVector<llvm::Metadata *, 2> MDVals;
6758 MDVals.push_back(llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(GV));
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006759 MDVals.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Enc.str()));
6760 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD =
6761 CGM.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("xcore.typestrings");
6762 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals));
6763 }
6764}
6765
6766static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType,
6767 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6768 TypeStringCache &TSC);
6769
6770/// Helper function for appendRecordType().
6771/// Builds a SmallVector containing the encoded field types in declaration order.
6772static bool extractFieldType(SmallVectorImpl<FieldEncoding> &FE,
6773 const RecordDecl *RD,
6774 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6775 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006776 for (const auto *Field : RD->fields()) {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006777 SmallStringEnc Enc;
6778 Enc += "m(";
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006779 Enc += Field->getName();
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006780 Enc += "){";
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006781 if (Field->isBitField()) {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006782 Enc += "b(";
6783 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Enc);
6784 OS.resync();
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006785 OS << Field->getBitWidthValue(CGM.getContext());
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006786 OS.flush();
6787 Enc += ':';
6788 }
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006789 if (!appendType(Enc, Field->getType(), CGM, TSC))
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006790 return false;
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006791 if (Field->isBitField())
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006792 Enc += ')';
6793 Enc += '}';
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006794 FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!Field->getName().empty(), Enc));
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006795 }
6796 return true;
6797}
6798
6799/// Appends structure and union types to Enc and adds encoding to cache.
6800/// Recursively calls appendType (via extractFieldType) for each field.
6801/// Union types have their fields ordered according to the ABI.
6802static bool appendRecordType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const RecordType *RT,
6803 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6804 TypeStringCache &TSC, const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6805 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one.
6806 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID);
6807 if (!TypeString.empty()) {
6808 Enc += TypeString;
6809 return true;
6810 }
6811
6812 // Start to emit an incomplete TypeString.
6813 size_t Start = Enc.size();
6814 Enc += (RT->isUnionType()? 'u' : 's');
6815 Enc += '(';
6816 if (ID)
6817 Enc += ID->getName();
6818 Enc += "){";
6819
6820 // We collect all encoded fields and order as necessary.
6821 bool IsRecursive = false;
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006822 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl()->getDefinition();
6823 if (RD && !RD->field_empty()) {
6824 // An incomplete TypeString stub is placed in the cache for this RecordType
6825 // so that recursive calls to this RecordType will use it whilst building a
6826 // complete TypeString for this RecordType.
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006827 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE;
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006828 std::string StubEnc(Enc.substr(Start).str());
6829 StubEnc += '}'; // StubEnc now holds a valid incomplete TypeString.
6830 TSC.addIncomplete(ID, std::move(StubEnc));
6831 if (!extractFieldType(FE, RD, CGM, TSC)) {
6832 (void) TSC.removeIncomplete(ID);
6833 return false;
6834 }
6835 IsRecursive = TSC.removeIncomplete(ID);
6836 // The ABI requires unions to be sorted but not structures.
6837 // See FieldEncoding::operator< for sort algorithm.
6838 if (RT->isUnionType())
6839 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end());
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006840 // We can now complete the TypeString.
6841 unsigned E = FE.size();
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006842 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) {
6843 if (I)
6844 Enc += ',';
6845 Enc += FE[I].str();
6846 }
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006847 }
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006848 Enc += '}';
6849 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), IsRecursive);
6850 return true;
6851}
6852
6853/// Appends enum types to Enc and adds the encoding to the cache.
6854static bool appendEnumType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const EnumType *ET,
6855 TypeStringCache &TSC,
6856 const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6857 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one.
6858 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID);
6859 if (!TypeString.empty()) {
6860 Enc += TypeString;
6861 return true;
6862 }
6863
6864 size_t Start = Enc.size();
6865 Enc += "e(";
6866 if (ID)
6867 Enc += ID->getName();
6868 Enc += "){";
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006869
6870 // We collect all encoded enumerations and order them alphanumerically.
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006871 if (const EnumDecl *ED = ET->getDecl()->getDefinition()) {
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006872 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE;
6873 for (auto I = ED->enumerator_begin(), E = ED->enumerator_end(); I != E;
6874 ++I) {
6875 SmallStringEnc EnumEnc;
6876 EnumEnc += "m(";
6877 EnumEnc += I->getName();
6878 EnumEnc += "){";
6879 I->getInitVal().toString(EnumEnc);
6880 EnumEnc += '}';
6881 FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!I->getName().empty(), EnumEnc));
6882 }
6883 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end());
6884 unsigned E = FE.size();
6885 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) {
6886 if (I)
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006887 Enc += ',';
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006888 Enc += FE[I].str();
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006889 }
6890 }
6891 Enc += '}';
6892 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), false);
6893 return true;
6894}
6895
6896/// Appends type's qualifier to Enc.
6897/// This is done prior to appending the type's encoding.
6898static void appendQualifier(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT) {
6899 // Qualifiers are emitted in alphabetical order.
6900 static const char *Table[] = {"","c:","r:","cr:","v:","cv:","rv:","crv:"};
6901 int Lookup = 0;
6902 if (QT.isConstQualified())
6903 Lookup += 1<<0;
6904 if (QT.isRestrictQualified())
6905 Lookup += 1<<1;
6906 if (QT.isVolatileQualified())
6907 Lookup += 1<<2;
6908 Enc += Table[Lookup];
6909}
6910
6911/// Appends built-in types to Enc.
6912static bool appendBuiltinType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const BuiltinType *BT) {
6913 const char *EncType;
6914 switch (BT->getKind()) {
6915 case BuiltinType::Void:
6916 EncType = "0";
6917 break;
6918 case BuiltinType::Bool:
6919 EncType = "b";
6920 break;
6921 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
6922 EncType = "uc";
6923 break;
6924 case BuiltinType::UChar:
6925 EncType = "uc";
6926 break;
6927 case BuiltinType::SChar:
6928 EncType = "sc";
6929 break;
6930 case BuiltinType::UShort:
6931 EncType = "us";
6932 break;
6933 case BuiltinType::Short:
6934 EncType = "ss";
6935 break;
6936 case BuiltinType::UInt:
6937 EncType = "ui";
6938 break;
6939 case BuiltinType::Int:
6940 EncType = "si";
6941 break;
6942 case BuiltinType::ULong:
6943 EncType = "ul";
6944 break;
6945 case BuiltinType::Long:
6946 EncType = "sl";
6947 break;
6948 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
6949 EncType = "ull";
6950 break;
6951 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
6952 EncType = "sll";
6953 break;
6954 case BuiltinType::Float:
6955 EncType = "ft";
6956 break;
6957 case BuiltinType::Double:
6958 EncType = "d";
6959 break;
6960 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
6961 EncType = "ld";
6962 break;
6963 default:
6964 return false;
6965 }
6966 Enc += EncType;
6967 return true;
6968}
6969
6970/// Appends a pointer encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the pointee.
6971static bool appendPointerType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const PointerType *PT,
6972 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6973 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6974 Enc += "p(";
6975 if (!appendType(Enc, PT->getPointeeType(), CGM, TSC))
6976 return false;
6977 Enc += ')';
6978 return true;
6979}
6980
6981/// Appends array encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the element.
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00006982static bool appendArrayType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT,
6983 const ArrayType *AT,
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006984 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6985 TypeStringCache &TSC, StringRef NoSizeEnc) {
6986 if (AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Normal)
6987 return false;
6988 Enc += "a(";
6989 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
6990 CAT->getSize().toStringUnsigned(Enc);
6991 else
6992 Enc += NoSizeEnc; // Global arrays use "*", otherwise it is "".
6993 Enc += ':';
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00006994 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
6995 appendQualifier(Enc, QT);
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006996 if (!appendType(Enc, AT->getElementType(), CGM, TSC))
6997 return false;
6998 Enc += ')';
6999 return true;
7000}
7001
7002/// Appends a function encoding to Enc, calling appendType for the return type
7003/// and the arguments.
7004static bool appendFunctionType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const FunctionType *FT,
7005 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
7006 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
7007 Enc += "f{";
7008 if (!appendType(Enc, FT->getReturnType(), CGM, TSC))
7009 return false;
7010 Enc += "}(";
7011 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FT->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7012 // N.B. we are only interested in the adjusted param types.
7013 auto I = FPT->param_type_begin();
7014 auto E = FPT->param_type_end();
7015 if (I != E) {
7016 do {
7017 if (!appendType(Enc, *I, CGM, TSC))
7018 return false;
7019 ++I;
7020 if (I != E)
7021 Enc += ',';
7022 } while (I != E);
7023 if (FPT->isVariadic())
7024 Enc += ",va";
7025 } else {
7026 if (FPT->isVariadic())
7027 Enc += "va";
7028 else
7029 Enc += '0';
7030 }
7031 }
7032 Enc += ')';
7033 return true;
7034}
7035
7036/// Handles the type's qualifier before dispatching a call to handle specific
7037/// type encodings.
7038static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType,
7039 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
7040 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
7041
7042 QualType QT = QType.getCanonicalType();
7043
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00007044 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe())
7045 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
7046 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here.
7047 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "");
7048
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007049 appendQualifier(Enc, QT);
7050
7051 if (const BuiltinType *BT = QT->getAs<BuiltinType>())
7052 return appendBuiltinType(Enc, BT);
7053
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007054 if (const PointerType *PT = QT->getAs<PointerType>())
7055 return appendPointerType(Enc, PT, CGM, TSC);
7056
7057 if (const EnumType *ET = QT->getAs<EnumType>())
7058 return appendEnumType(Enc, ET, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
7059
7060 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsStructureType())
7061 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
7062
7063 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsUnionType())
7064 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
7065
7066 if (const FunctionType *FT = QT->getAs<FunctionType>())
7067 return appendFunctionType(Enc, FT, CGM, TSC);
7068
7069 return false;
7070}
7071
7072static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D,
7073 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC) {
7074 if (!D)
7075 return false;
7076
7077 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
7078 if (FD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage)
7079 return false;
7080 return appendType(Enc, FD->getType(), CGM, TSC);
7081 }
7082
7083 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
7084 if (VD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage)
7085 return false;
7086 QualType QT = VD->getType().getCanonicalType();
7087 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) {
7088 // Global ArrayTypes are given a size of '*' if the size is unknown.
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00007089 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
7090 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here.
7091 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "*");
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007092 }
7093 return appendType(Enc, QT, CGM, TSC);
7094 }
7095 return false;
7096}
7097
7098
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00007099//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7100// Driver code
7101//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7102
Rafael Espindola9f834732014-09-19 01:54:22 +00007103const llvm::Triple &CodeGenModule::getTriple() const {
7104 return getTarget().getTriple();
7105}
7106
7107bool CodeGenModule::supportsCOMDAT() const {
7108 return !getTriple().isOSBinFormatMachO();
7109}
7110
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00007111const TargetCodeGenInfo &CodeGenModule::getTargetCodeGenInfo() {
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00007112 if (TheTargetCodeGenInfo)
7113 return *TheTargetCodeGenInfo;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00007114
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00007115 const llvm::Triple &Triple = getTarget().getTriple();
Daniel Dunbar40165182009-08-24 09:10:05 +00007116 switch (Triple.getArch()) {
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +00007117 default:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00007118 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +00007119
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +00007120 case llvm::Triple::le32:
7121 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00007122 case llvm::Triple::mips:
7123 case llvm::Triple::mipsel:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00007124 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, true));
7125
Akira Hatanakaec11b4f2011-09-20 18:30:57 +00007126 case llvm::Triple::mips64:
7127 case llvm::Triple::mips64el:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00007128 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, false));
7129
Tim Northover25e8a672014-05-24 12:51:25 +00007130 case llvm::Triple::aarch64:
Tim Northover40956e62014-07-23 12:32:58 +00007131 case llvm::Triple::aarch64_be: {
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00007132 AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::AAPCS;
Alp Toker4925ba72014-06-07 23:30:42 +00007133 if (getTarget().getABI() == "darwinpcs")
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00007134 Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::DarwinPCS;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00007135
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00007136 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00007137 }
7138
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00007139 case llvm::Triple::arm:
Christian Pirkerf01cd6f2014-03-28 14:40:46 +00007140 case llvm::Triple::armeb:
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00007141 case llvm::Triple::thumb:
Christian Pirkerf01cd6f2014-03-28 14:40:46 +00007142 case llvm::Triple::thumbeb:
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00007143 {
7144 ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS;
Alp Toker4925ba72014-06-07 23:30:42 +00007145 if (getTarget().getABI() == "apcs-gnu")
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00007146 Kind = ARMABIInfo::APCS;
David Tweed8f676532012-10-25 13:33:01 +00007147 else if (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI == "hard" ||
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00007148 (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI != "soft" &&
7149 Triple.getEnvironment() == llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF))
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00007150 Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP;
7151
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00007152 switch (Triple.getOS()) {
Eli Benderskyd7c92032012-12-04 18:38:10 +00007153 case llvm::Triple::NaCl:
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00007154 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7155 new NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
7156 default:
7157 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7158 new ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
7159 }
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00007160 }
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00007161
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00007162 case llvm::Triple::ppc:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00007163 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00007164 case llvm::Triple::ppc64:
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007165 if (Triple.isOSBinFormatELF()) {
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007166 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1;
Ulrich Weigand8afad612014-07-28 13:17:52 +00007167 if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv2")
7168 Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2;
7169
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007170 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7171 new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
7172 } else
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00007173 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007174 case llvm::Triple::ppc64le: {
Bill Schmidt778d3872013-07-26 01:36:11 +00007175 assert(Triple.isOSBinFormatELF() && "PPC64 LE non-ELF not supported!");
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007176 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2;
Ulrich Weigand8afad612014-07-28 13:17:52 +00007177 if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1")
7178 Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1;
7179
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007180 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7181 new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
7182 }
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00007183
Peter Collingbournec947aae2012-05-20 23:28:41 +00007184 case llvm::Triple::nvptx:
7185 case llvm::Triple::nvptx64:
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00007186 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00007187
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00007188 case llvm::Triple::msp430:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00007189 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00007190
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00007191 case llvm::Triple::systemz:
7192 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7193
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00007194 case llvm::Triple::tce:
7195 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new TCETargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7196
Eli Friedman33465822011-07-08 23:31:17 +00007197 case llvm::Triple::x86: {
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00007198 bool IsDarwinVectorABI = Triple.isOSDarwin();
7199 bool IsSmallStructInRegABI =
7200 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(Triple, CodeGenOpts);
Saleem Abdulrasoolec5c6242014-11-23 02:16:24 +00007201 bool IsWin32FloatStructABI = Triple.isOSWindows() && !Triple.isOSCygMing();
Daniel Dunbar14ad22f2011-04-19 21:43:27 +00007202
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00007203 if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::Win32) {
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +00007204 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00007205 new WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types,
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00007206 IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI,
7207 IsWin32FloatStructABI,
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00007208 CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters));
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00007209 } else {
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00007210 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00007211 new X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types,
7212 IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI,
7213 IsWin32FloatStructABI,
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00007214 CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00007215 }
Eli Friedman33465822011-07-08 23:31:17 +00007216 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00007217
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00007218 case llvm::Triple::x86_64: {
Alp Toker4925ba72014-06-07 23:30:42 +00007219 bool HasAVX = getTarget().getABI() == "avx";
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00007220
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00007221 switch (Triple.getOS()) {
7222 case llvm::Triple::Win32:
Alexander Musman09184fe2014-09-30 05:29:28 +00007223 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7224 new WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, HasAVX));
Eli Benderskyd7c92032012-12-04 18:38:10 +00007225 case llvm::Triple::NaCl:
Alexander Musman09184fe2014-09-30 05:29:28 +00007226 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7227 new NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, HasAVX));
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00007228 default:
Alexander Musman09184fe2014-09-30 05:29:28 +00007229 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7230 new X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, HasAVX));
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00007231 }
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +00007232 }
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00007233 case llvm::Triple::hexagon:
7234 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Matt Arsenault43fae6c2014-12-04 20:38:18 +00007235 case llvm::Triple::r600:
7236 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Tom Stellardd8e38a32015-01-06 20:34:47 +00007237 case llvm::Triple::amdgcn:
7238 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00007239 case llvm::Triple::sparcv9:
7240 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00007241 case llvm::Triple::xcore:
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00007242 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00007243 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00007244}